WO2018228460A1 - Phase tracking reference signal processing method and apparatus - Google Patents

Phase tracking reference signal processing method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018228460A1
WO2018228460A1 PCT/CN2018/091203 CN2018091203W WO2018228460A1 WO 2018228460 A1 WO2018228460 A1 WO 2018228460A1 CN 2018091203 W CN2018091203 W CN 2018091203W WO 2018228460 A1 WO2018228460 A1 WO 2018228460A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ptrs
terminal
dft
mapped
indication information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/091203
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张希
刘凤威
陈磊
徐明慧
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201710920338.2A external-priority patent/CN109150480B/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to JP2019543323A priority Critical patent/JP6959347B2/en
Priority to KR1020197022778A priority patent/KR102305414B1/en
Priority to CA3049493A priority patent/CA3049493C/en
Priority to EP18818919.5A priority patent/EP3570508B1/en
Priority to BR112019018168A priority patent/BR112019018168B8/en
Priority to EP21176127.5A priority patent/EP3937446B1/en
Publication of WO2018228460A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018228460A1/en
Priority to US16/659,310 priority patent/US11108605B2/en
Priority to US17/402,346 priority patent/US11611418B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2626Arrangements specific to the transmitter only
    • H04L27/2627Modulators
    • H04L27/2634Inverse fast Fourier transform [IFFT] or inverse discrete Fourier transform [IDFT] modulators in combination with other circuits for modulation
    • H04L27/2636Inverse fast Fourier transform [IFFT] or inverse discrete Fourier transform [IDFT] modulators in combination with other circuits for modulation with FFT or DFT modulators, e.g. standard single-carrier frequency-division multiple access [SC-FDMA] transmitter or DFT spread orthogonal frequency division multiplexing [DFT-SOFDM]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/32Carrier systems characterised by combinations of two or more of the types covered by groups H04L27/02, H04L27/10, H04L27/18 or H04L27/26
    • H04L27/34Amplitude- and phase-modulated carrier systems, e.g. quadrature-amplitude modulated carrier systems

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a Phase Tracking Reference Signal (PTRS) processing method and apparatus.
  • PTRS Phase Tracking Reference Signal
  • the operating frequency bands of communication systems are all in the frequency range below 6 GHz, but the available operating frequency bands are less and less in this frequency range, which cannot meet the increasing Increased communication needs.
  • next-generation wireless communication networks In the frequency range above 6 GHz, the frequency bands available for the next generation wireless communication network include, but are not limited to, the frequency bands at 28 GHz, 39 GHz, 60 GHz, 73 GHz, and the like. Because of its operating frequency band above 6 GHz, next-generation wireless communication networks have significant features of high-frequency communication systems, such as large bandwidth and highly integrated antenna arrays, making it easy to achieve higher throughput. However, compared with existing wireless communication networks, next-generation wireless communication networks operating in the range above 6 GHz will suffer from more severe medium-frequency distortion, especially the effects of phase noise (PHN). In addition, the effects of the Doppler effect and the Central Frequency Offset (CFO) on the performance of the HF communication system will also increase as the location of the frequency band becomes higher. A common feature of phase noise, Doppler effect, and CFO is the introduction of phase errors into the data reception of high frequency communication systems, resulting in degraded or inoperable performance of high frequency communication systems.
  • PPN phase noise
  • CFO Central
  • phase noise As an example, as the frequency band increases, the phase noise level deteriorates at a level of 20*log(f1/f2). For example, the phase noise level of the 28G band is 23 dB higher than the phase noise level of the 2G band. The higher the phase noise level, the greater the impact on the Common Phase Error (CPE).
  • CPE Common Phase Error
  • the new generation wireless communication system adopts orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) and discrete Fourier transform spread spectrum orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (Discrete Fourier Transform) in the uplink.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • Discrete Fourier Transform discrete Fourier transform spread spectrum orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • DFT-S-OFDM discrete Fourier transform spread spectrum orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • PTRS Phase Tracking Reference Signal
  • a PTRS design scheme of a DFT-s-OFDM waveform provided by the prior art is shown in FIG.
  • the PTRS is mapped in the time domain before the modulation symbols are subjected to Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) in the DFT-s-OFDM symbol.
  • DFT Discrete Fourier Transform
  • M consecutive PTRSs mapped in the same DFT-s-OFDM symbol are called a Chunk.
  • two consecutive PTRSs are called one. Chunk, this DFT-s-OFDM symbol contains 4 Chunk.
  • the present application provides a PTRS processing method and apparatus, which can effectively avoid collision of PTRS between users.
  • the first aspect provides a PTRS processing method, including: receiving first indication information and second indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending a PTRS, and the second indication information Determining an offset of an initial time domain location of the PTRS; mapping the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information; The one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols are output.
  • the time domain location of the PTRS in this application can be understood as the OFDM symbols mapped to the OFDM symbol in the time domain.
  • the second aspect provides a PTRS processing method, including: the network device sends first indication information and second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, where the The second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain location of the PTRS; the network device receives one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols sent by the terminal, the one or more A PTRS on which the terminal maps according to the first indication information and the second indication information is mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol.
  • the PTRS is mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain location of the PTRS and the offset of the initial time domain location of the mapped PTRS, so that the PTRS can be mapped to a certain extent.
  • the problem of time domain overlap of PTRS mapped on DFT-S-OFDM symbols of different terminals is avoided, so that the problem of PTRS collision between different users can be overcome.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes:
  • the second indication information is used to indicate an offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol.
  • the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol refers to a first DFT-S-OFDM symbol in a subframe to which a PTRS is mapped, the subframe including the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes:
  • the second indication information is used to indicate an offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first modulation symbol of the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS.
  • the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS refers to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol with PTRS mapped in the subframe including the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
  • Each DFT-S-OFDM symbol includes a plurality of modulation symbols.
  • the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) port number of the terminal
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • the second indication information may be a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal and/or a PTRS port number of the terminal.
  • the respective DMRS port numbers are different from each other, and the respective PTRS port numbers are also different from each other. Therefore, the offset of the initial time domain position of the PTRS obtained according to the DMRS port number of different terminals is also Different, or the offset of the initial time domain position of the PTRS obtained according to the PTRS port number of different terminals is also different.
  • the second indication information may be a cell ID of the terminal.
  • the cell IDs of the cells in which they are located are different from each other, and therefore the offsets of the initial time domain positions of the PTRSs obtained according to the cell IDs of different terminals are different.
  • the PTRS processing method further includes:
  • the network device sends, to the terminal, correspondence information of the DMRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set; or
  • Corresponding relationship information between the cell ID and the PTRS mapping location set is sent to the terminal.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS
  • the method includes: the first indication information is used to indicate the PTRS The number of Chunk blocks, the number of PTRS blocks indicating the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  • the PTRS block has the same meaning as the Chunk expression, but only two different expressions.
  • the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  • the larger the scheduling bandwidth the larger the number of PTRS blocks.
  • the present application by determining the number of PTRS blocks according to the scheduling bandwidth, it can be realized that the number of PTRSs mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbols increases as the scheduling bandwidth increases, and decreases as the scheduling bandwidth decreases. Therefore, the present application can achieve high phase noise tracking performance in a large bandwidth scenario, and can avoid excessive overhead in a small bandwidth scenario.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
  • the first indication information is a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) of the terminal.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • the solution provided by the first aspect or the second aspect by performing time domain offset processing on the PTRS in mapping the PTRS onto the DFT-s-OFDM symbol, to some extent, The time domain locations of the mapped PTRSs on the DFT-s-OFDM symbols of different terminals are prevented from overlapping each other, so that PTRS collisions between different terminals can be avoided, and the phase noise tracking accuracy can be effectively improved.
  • a third aspect provides a PTRS processing method, including: receiving first indication information and second indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending a PTRS, and the second indication information
  • the code division multiplexing information is used to perform code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS; according to the first indication information And the second indication information, mapping the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and using the code division multiplexing information on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols
  • the mapped PTRS performs code division multiplexing processing; transmitting the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
  • the fourth aspect provides a PTRS processing method, including: the network device sends first indication information and second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, where the The second indication information is used to indicate code division multiplexing information, where the code division multiplexing information is used for performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS; Receiving, by the terminal, one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with PTRS, and the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS are DFT-s-OFDM symbols obtained after the following operations Transmitting, by the terminal, the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and using the code division multiplexing information pair The PTRS mapped on one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols performs code division multiplexing processing.
  • mapping to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol PTRS performs code division multiplexing processing, which can orthogonalize PTRS of different terminals, thereby overcoming the problem of PTRS collision between different users, and in particular, can solve PTRS collisions between different users in the same cell.
  • the specific process for the terminal to process the PTRS according to the first indication information and the second indication information may be: first, according to the PTRS indicated by the first indication information The time domain location maps the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols; then the code division multiplexing process is performed on the PTRS mapped onto the DFT-s-OFDM symbol.
  • the code division multiplexing information is an Orthogonal Cover Code (OCC), where the using the code division multiplexing information pair Performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, including: using the OCC, mapping each PTRS mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol with PTRS mapped The PTRS of the block performs orthogonal mask processing.
  • OCC Orthogonal Cover Code
  • the second indication information may be at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, or a terminal identifier of the terminal.
  • the respective DMRS port numbers are different from each other, and the respective PTRS port numbers are also different from each other, and the OCRS/PTRS port numbers of different terminals correspond to different OCCs.
  • the second indication information may be a cell ID of a cell where the terminal is located.
  • the PTRS between terminals of different cells satisfies orthogonalization, and therefore, PTRS collisions between terminals of different cells can be avoided.
  • the PTRS processing method further includes:
  • the network device sends the correspondence information between the DMRS port number and the OCC to the terminal;
  • Corresponding relationship information between the cell ID and the OCC is sent to the terminal.
  • the code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor; wherein the using the code division multiplexing information for the one or more DFTs Performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the -s-OFDM symbol, comprising: performing phase rotation processing on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the phase rotation factor .
  • the second indication information may be at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, or a terminal identifier of the terminal.
  • the respective DMRS port numbers are different from each other, and the respective PTRS port numbers are also different from each other, and the phase rotation factors corresponding to the DMRS/PTRS port numbers of different terminals are different.
  • the PTRS between different terminals in the cell satisfies the orthogonalization, and therefore, the PTRS collision between the terminals in the same cell can be avoided.
  • the second indication information may be a cell ID of a cell where the terminal is located.
  • the phase rotation factors corresponding to different cell IDs are different. After the phase rotation processing described above, the PTRS between the terminals of different cells satisfies the orthogonalization, and therefore, the PTRS collision between the terminals of different cells can be avoided.
  • the PTRS processing method further includes:
  • the network device sends the correspondence information of the DMRS port number and the phase rotation factor to the terminal;
  • the phase rotation factor is used to perform phase rotation on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS
  • the processing comprises: performing phase rotation processing on the (n+1)th PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using a phase rotation factor as shown in the following formula:
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the time domain location of the PTRS
  • the method includes: the first indication information is used to Indicates the number of PTRS blocks, the number of PTRS blocks indicating the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  • the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  • the larger the scheduling bandwidth the larger the number of PTRS blocks.
  • the present application by determining the number of PTRS blocks according to the scheduling bandwidth, it can be realized that the number of PTRSs mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbols increases as the scheduling bandwidth increases, and decreases as the scheduling bandwidth decreases. Therefore, the present application can achieve high phase noise tracking performance in a large bandwidth scenario, and can avoid excessive overhead in a small bandwidth scenario.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used to Indicates the time domain density of the PTRS.
  • the first indication information is an MCS of the terminal.
  • the PTRS processing method further includes: the terminal obtaining a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located; wherein, the terminal sends the Before the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, the PTRS processing method further includes: the terminal using the pseudo random sequence to map the mapping to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, The PTRS subjected to the code division multiplexing process is subjected to scrambling processing.
  • the mapped PTRS performs code division multiplexing processing; finally, the PTRS subjected to code division multiplexing processing is scrambled by using a pseudo random sequence.
  • the present application after mapping the PTRS onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the network device, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol and The pseudo random sequence scrambling process can simultaneously overcome the PTRS collision problem between terminals in the same cell and the PTRS collision problem between terminals in different cells.
  • the terminal obtains a cell-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located.
  • the terminal obtains a terminal-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
  • the terminal identifier of the terminal is a Radio Network Temporary Identity (RNTI) of the terminal.
  • RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identity
  • the pseudo random sequence may further multiplex the sequence existing by the terminal.
  • each terminal generates a scrambling code sequence according to the RNTI and the cell ID, denoted as a(n), and then uses the scrambling code sequence to scramble the encoded and pre-modulated bits.
  • the scrambling code sequence a(n) can be directly used as the pseudo-random sequence.
  • the pseudo-random sequence may be any of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
  • the terminal uses the pseudo random sequence to map the image to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols and perform code
  • the multiplexed PTRS performs scrambling processing, including: the terminal multiplying the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS after performing the code division multiplexing process.
  • the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS are DFT-s-OFDM symbols obtained by the following operations, where The operation specifically includes: the terminal mapping the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and using the code to recover Performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols with information, and performing code division on the pseudo-random sequence obtained according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located
  • the PTRS after multiplexing processing is subjected to scrambling processing.
  • the present application after mapping the PTRS onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the network device, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol and The pseudo random sequence scrambling process can simultaneously overcome the PTRS collision problem between terminals in the same cell and the PTRS collision problem between terminals in different cells.
  • the pseudo random sequence is a cell level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identifier; or the pseudo random sequence is according to the cell identifier and The terminal identifier of the terminal identifies a terminal-level pseudo-random sequence.
  • the scrambling process includes: multiplying the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS after performing the code division multiplexing process.
  • the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
  • mapping to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol after mapping the PTRS onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the network device, mapping to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol
  • the PTRS on the PTRS performs code division multiplexing processing and pseudo-random sequence scrambling processing, and can simultaneously overcome the PTRS collision problem between terminals in the same cell and the PTRS collision problem between terminals in different cells.
  • a fifth aspect provides a PTRS processing method, including: receiving indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending a PTRS; and obtaining a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located; Indicating information, mapping the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and scrambling the mapped PTRS on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the pseudo random sequence Processing; transmitting the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols.
  • the sixth aspect provides a PTRS processing method, including: the network device sends the indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the time domain location of the PTRS; and the network device receives the mapping sent by the terminal.
  • One or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the PTRS, the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS refer to DFT-S-OFDM symbols that operate according to the indication Transmitting, to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and using a pseudo-random sequence obtained according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the terminal is located, on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols
  • the mapped PTRS is scrambled.
  • the pseudo random sequence is determined according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located, and then the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled by using the pseudo random sequence. Since the pseudo-random sequences corresponding to different cell identifiers are different, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminals of different cells can maintain interference randomization through the above processing. For example, at the receiving end device, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol sent by the DFT-S-OFDM user from the neighboring cell appears as a random sequence, so that the purpose of interference randomization can be achieved, thereby avoiding the different cells. The problem of PTRS collision between users.
  • the pseudo random sequence is a terminal level pseudo random sequence determined by the terminal according to the cell identifier.
  • the pseudo random sequence is a cell-level pseudo-random sequence determined by the terminal according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
  • the terminal identifier of the terminal is a Radio Network Temporary Identity (RNTI) of the terminal.
  • RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identity
  • the implementation manner can implement interference randomization of PTRS between terminals in the cell.
  • the pseudo random sequence may further multiplex the sequence existing by the terminal.
  • each terminal generates a scrambling code sequence according to the RNTI and the cell ID, denoted as a(n), and then uses the scrambling code sequence to scramble the encoded and pre-modulated bits.
  • the scrambling code sequence a(n) can be directly used as the pseudo-random sequence.
  • the pseudo-random sequence may be any of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
  • the scrambling the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the pseudo random sequence includes: Multiplying the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by the pseudo-random sequence.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the time domain location of the PTRS
  • the method includes: the indication information is used to indicate the number of PTRS blocks, and the PTRS The number of blocks represents the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  • the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  • the larger the scheduling bandwidth the larger the number of PTRS blocks.
  • the present application by determining the number of PTRS blocks according to the scheduling bandwidth, it can be realized that the number of PTRSs mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbols increases as the scheduling bandwidth increases, and decreases as the scheduling bandwidth decreases. Therefore, the present application can achieve high phase noise tracking performance in a large bandwidth scenario, and can avoid excessive overhead in a small bandwidth scenario.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the time domain location of the PTRS
  • the method includes: the indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
  • the first indication information is an MCS of the terminal.
  • the pseudo random sequence is determined according to the cell identity of the cell where the terminal is located, and then the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled by using the pseudo random sequence. . Since the pseudo-random sequences corresponding to different cell identifiers are different, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminals of different cells can maintain interference randomization through the above processing. For example, at the receiving end device, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol sent by the DFT-S-OFDM user from the neighboring cell appears as a random sequence, so that the purpose of interference randomization can be achieved, thereby avoiding the different cells. The problem of PTRS collision between users.
  • an apparatus comprising:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive first indication information and second indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending a PTRS, where the second indication information is used to indicate mapping of the PTRS The offset of the initial time domain location;
  • a processing unit configured to map the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information received by the receiving unit;
  • a sending unit configured to output the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols obtained by the processing unit.
  • the device may be a terminal device or a chip.
  • an apparatus comprising:
  • a sending unit configured to send the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate the terminal mapping An offset of an initial time domain position of the PTRS;
  • a receiving unit configured to receive one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols sent by the terminal, where the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols are mapped with the terminal according to the first indication information and The second indication information is mapped to the PTRS.
  • the device may be a network device or a chip.
  • the PTRS is mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain position of the PTRS and the offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS, so that the PTRS can be mapped to a certain extent
  • the problem of time domain overlap of PTRS mapped on DFT-S-OFDM symbols of different terminals is avoided, so that the problem of PTRS collision between different users can be overcome.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain position of the PTRS, and specifically includes: The second indication information is used to indicate an offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain position of the PTRS, and specifically includes: The second indication information is used to indicate an offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first modulation symbol of the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS.
  • the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, and a PTRS of the terminal Port number, cell identifier of the terminal.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send, to the terminal, correspondence information of a DMRS port number and a PTRS mapping location set; or
  • Corresponding relationship information between the cell ID and the PTRS mapping location set is sent to the terminal.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS
  • the method includes: the first indication information is used to indicate the PTRS The number of blocks, the number of PTRS blocks indicating the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS
  • the method includes: the first indication information is used to indicate the PTRS Time domain density.
  • the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  • the first indication information is a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
  • the device is a terminal or a chip.
  • the device is a network device or a chip.
  • an apparatus comprising:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive first indication information and second indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending a PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate code division multiplexing information. And the code division multiplexing information is used for performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS;
  • a processing unit configured to map the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information received by the receiving unit, and use the code score
  • the multiplexing information performs code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols;
  • a sending unit configured to output the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols obtained by the processing unit.
  • the device may be a terminal device or a chip.
  • the code division multiplexing information is an orthogonal code OCC
  • the processing unit is configured to perform code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information, and specifically includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to perform orthogonal mask processing on the PTRS of each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the OCC.
  • the code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor
  • the processing unit is configured to perform code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information, and specifically includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to perform phase rotation processing on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the phase rotation factor.
  • the processing unit is configured to: use the phase rotation factor to map each of the DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped to the PTRS
  • the PTRS block performs phase rotation processing, and specifically includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to perform phase rotation processing on the (n+1)th PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using a phase rotation factor as shown in the following formula:
  • the processing unit is further configured to: obtain a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located;
  • the processing unit is further configured to perform scrambling processing on the PTRS mapped to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols and subjected to code division multiplexing processing by using the pseudo random sequence.
  • the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, and a PTRS of the terminal Port number, cell identifier of the terminal.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS
  • the method includes: the first indication information is used to indicate the PTRS The number of blocks, the number of PTRS blocks indicating the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  • the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS
  • the method includes: the first indication information is used to indicate the PTRS Time domain density.
  • the first indication information is a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
  • the processing unit is configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the cell is located, and specifically includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to obtain a cell-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier;
  • the processing unit is configured to use the pseudo random sequence to map the mapping to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols
  • the PTRS subjected to the code division multiplexing process is subjected to scrambling processing, and specifically includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to multiply the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS after performing the code division multiplexing process.
  • the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
  • the device is a terminal or a chip.
  • an apparatus comprising:
  • a sending unit configured to send the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate code division multiplexing Information, the code division multiplexing information is used for performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS;
  • a receiving unit configured to receive one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped by the terminal and configured with PTRS, where the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS are DFTs obtained after the following operations -s-OFDM symbol: the terminal maps the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and uses the code score
  • the multiplexing information performs code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols.
  • the device may be a network device or a chip.
  • the code division multiplexing information is an orthogonal code OCC
  • orthogonal processing is performed on the PTRS of each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol to which the PTRS is mapped.
  • the code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor
  • each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol to which the PTRS is mapped is subjected to phase rotation processing.
  • the phase rotation factor is used to perform phase rotation on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS Processing, including:
  • Phase rotation processing is performed on the (n+1)th PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the phase rotation factor as shown in the following formula:
  • the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, and a PTRS of the terminal Port number, cell identifier of the terminal.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send, to the terminal, the correspondence relationship between the DMRS port number and the OCC; or
  • Corresponding relationship information between the cell ID and the OCC is sent to the terminal.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send, to the terminal, correspondence information of a DMRS port number and a phase rotation factor; or
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS
  • the method includes: the first indication information is used to indicate the PTRS The number of blocks, the number of PTRS blocks indicating the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  • the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used to indicate the PTRS Time domain density.
  • the first indication information is a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
  • the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS are DFT-s-OFDM symbols obtained by the following operations, where The operation specifically includes:
  • the terminal according to the first indication information and the second indication information, mapping the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and using the code division multiplexing information to the one Performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRSs mapped on the plurality of DFT-s-OFDM symbols, and using the pseudo-random sequence obtained according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the terminal is located, performing the PTRS after the code division multiplexing processing Perform scrambling processing.
  • the pseudo random sequence is a cell level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identifier;
  • the pseudo random sequence is a terminal level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
  • the scrambling process includes: multiplying the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS after performing the code division multiplexing process.
  • the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
  • the device is a network device or a chip.
  • an apparatus comprising:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending the PTRS;
  • a processing unit configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located;
  • the processing unit is further configured to map the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the indication information received by the receiving unit, and use the pseudo random sequence to the one or Performing scrambling processing on the PTRSs mapped on the plurality of DFT-s-OFDM symbols;
  • the sending unit is configured to output the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols obtained by the processing unit.
  • the device may be a terminal device or a chip.
  • a pseudo-random sequence is determined according to a cell identity, and then the PTRS mapped onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled using the pseudo-random sequence. Since the pseudo-random sequences corresponding to different cell identifiers are different, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminals of different cells can maintain interference randomization through the above processing. For example, at the receiving end device, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol sent by the DFT-S-OFDM user from the neighboring cell appears as a random sequence, so that the purpose of interference randomization can be achieved, thereby avoiding the different cells. The problem of PTRS collision between users.
  • the processing unit is configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the cell is located, and specifically includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to obtain a cell-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier;
  • the processing unit is configured to use the pseudo random sequence to map the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols Perform scrambling, including:
  • the processing unit is configured to multiply the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols.
  • the device is a terminal or a chip.
  • an apparatus comprising:
  • a sending unit configured to send, to the terminal, indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS;
  • a receiving unit configured to receive one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols mapped by the terminal and mapped with a PTRS, where the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS refer to a DFT that performs the following operations: -S-OFDM symbol: the terminal maps the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the indication information, and uses a pseudo-random sequence pair obtained according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located The PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols is scrambled.
  • the device may be a network device or a chip.
  • a pseudo-random sequence is determined according to a cell identity, and then the PTRS mapped onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled using the pseudo-random sequence. Since the pseudo-random sequences corresponding to different cell identifiers are different, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminals of different cells can maintain interference randomization through the above processing. For example, at the receiving end device, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol sent by the DFT-S-OFDM user from the neighboring cell appears as a random sequence, so that the purpose of interference randomization can be achieved, thereby avoiding the different cells. The problem of PTRS collision between users.
  • the pseudo random sequence is a terminal level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identifier;
  • the pseudo-random sequence is a cell-level pseudo-random sequence determined according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
  • the pseudo-random sequence is used to scramble the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, include:
  • the device is a network device.
  • the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS
  • the method includes: the indication information is used to indicate the number of PTRS blocks.
  • the number of PTRS blocks indicates the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  • the indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes: when the indication information is used to indicate a PTRS Domain density.
  • the indication information is the modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
  • an apparatus comprising: a processor, a memory and a transceiver; a processor, the memory and the transceiver communicate with each other through an internal connection path; the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, Receiving or transmitting a signal by controlling the transceiver; when an instruction stored in the memory is executed,
  • a transceiver configured to receive first indication information and second indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate the The terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain location of the PTRS;
  • a processor configured to map the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information received by the transceiver;
  • transceiver configured to output the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols obtained by the processor.
  • the device may be a terminal device or a chip.
  • an apparatus comprising: a processor, a memory and a transceiver; a processor, the memory and the transceiver communicate with each other through an internal connection path; the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, Receiving or transmitting a signal by controlling the transceiver; when an instruction stored in the memory is executed,
  • a transceiver configured to send the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate the terminal mapping An offset of an initial time domain position of the PTRS;
  • a transceiver configured to receive one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols sent by the terminal, where the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols are mapped with the terminal according to the first indication information and The second indication information is mapped to the PTRS.
  • the device may be a network device or a chip.
  • the PTRS is mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain position of the PTRS and the offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS, so that To some extent, the problem of time domain overlap of PTRS mapped on DFT-S-OFDM symbols of different terminals is avoided, so that the problem of PTRS collision between different users can be overcome.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain location of the PTRS, specifically: The second indication information is used to indicate an offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain location of the PTRS, specifically: The second indication information is used to indicate an offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first modulation symbol of the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol with the PTRS mapped.
  • the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, the terminal PTRS port number, cell identifier of the terminal.
  • the transceiver is further configured to: send, to the terminal, correspondence information of a DMRS port number and a PTRS mapping location set; or
  • Corresponding relationship information between the cell ID and the PTRS mapping location set is sent to the terminal.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes: the first indication information is used to Indicates the number of PTRS blocks, the number of PTRS blocks indicating the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes: the first indication information is used to Indicates the time domain density of the PTRS.
  • the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  • the first indication information is a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
  • the device is a terminal or a chip.
  • the device is a network device or a chip.
  • an apparatus comprising: a processor, a memory and a transceiver; a processor, the memory and the transceiver communicate with each other through an internal connection path; the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, Receiving or transmitting a signal by controlling the transceiver; when an instruction stored in the memory is executed,
  • a transceiver configured to receive first indication information and second indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending a PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate code division multiplexing information. And the code division multiplexing information is used for performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS;
  • a processor configured to map the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and use the code division multiplexing information to Performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols;
  • transceiver configured to output the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols obtained by the processor.
  • the device may be a terminal device or a chip.
  • the code division multiplexing information is an orthogonal code OCC
  • the processor is configured to perform code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information, and specifically includes:
  • the processor is configured to perform orthogonal mask processing on the PTRS of each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS by using the OCC.
  • the code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor
  • the processor is configured to perform code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information, and specifically includes:
  • the processor is configured to perform phase rotation processing on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the phase rotation factor.
  • the processor is configured to use the phase rotation factor to map each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS
  • the PTRS blocks are subjected to phase rotation processing, and specifically include:
  • the processor is configured to perform phase rotation processing on the (n+1)th PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using a phase rotation factor as shown in the following formula:
  • the processor is further configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located;
  • the processor is further configured to perform scrambling processing on the PTRS mapped to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols and subjected to code division multiplexing processing by using the pseudo random sequence.
  • the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, the terminal PTRS port number, cell identifier of the terminal.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS
  • the method includes: the first indication information is used by Indicates the number of PTRS blocks, the number of PTRS blocks indicating the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  • the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used by Indicates the time domain density of the PTRS.
  • the first indication information is a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
  • the processor is configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the cell is located, and specifically includes:
  • the processor is configured to obtain a cell-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier;
  • the processor is configured to use the pseudo random sequence pair to map the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols
  • the PTRS subjected to code division multiplexing processing is subjected to scrambling processing, and specifically includes:
  • the processor is configured to multiply the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS after performing the code division multiplexing process.
  • the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
  • the device is a terminal or a chip.
  • an apparatus comprising: a processor, a memory and a transceiver; a processor, the memory and the transceiver communicate with each other through an internal connection path; the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, Receiving or transmitting a signal by controlling the transceiver; when an instruction stored in the memory is executed,
  • a transceiver configured to send the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate code division multiplexing Information, the code division multiplexing information is used for performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS;
  • a transceiver configured to receive one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped by the terminal and mapped with PTRS, where the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS are DFT obtained after the following operations -s-OFDM symbol: the terminal maps the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and uses the code score
  • the multiplexing information performs code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols.
  • the device may be a network device or a chip.
  • the code division multiplexing information is an orthogonal code OCC
  • orthogonal processing is performed on the PTRS of each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol to which the PTRS is mapped.
  • the code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor
  • code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information including:
  • each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol to which the PTRS is mapped is subjected to phase rotation processing.
  • the utilizing the phase rotation factor, performing, on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS Phase rotation processing including:
  • Phase rotation processing is performed on the (n+1)th PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the phase rotation factor as shown in the following formula:
  • the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, the terminal PTRS port number, cell identifier of the terminal.
  • the transceiver is further configured to: send, to the terminal, correspondence information of a DMRS port number and an OCC; or
  • Corresponding relationship information between the cell ID and the OCC is sent to the terminal.
  • the transceiver is further configured to: send, to the terminal, correspondence information of a DMRS port number and a phase rotation factor; or
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS
  • the method includes: the first indication information is used by Indicates the number of PTRS blocks, the number of PTRS blocks indicating the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  • the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used by Indicates the time domain density of the PTRS.
  • the first indication information is a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
  • the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS are DFT-s-OFDM symbols obtained by the following operations, The operation specifically includes:
  • the terminal according to the first indication information and the second indication information, mapping the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and using the code division multiplexing information to the one Performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRSs mapped on the plurality of DFT-s-OFDM symbols, and using the pseudo-random sequence obtained according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the terminal is located, performing the PTRS after the code division multiplexing processing Perform scrambling processing.
  • the pseudo random sequence is a cell level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identifier.
  • the pseudo random sequence is a terminal level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
  • the PTRS after performing code division multiplexing processing by using a pseudo random sequence obtained according to a cell identifier of a cell where the terminal is located Performing a scrambling process includes: multiplying the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS after performing the code division multiplexing process.
  • the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
  • the device is a network device.
  • an apparatus comprising: a processor, a memory and a transceiver; a processor, the memory and the transceiver communicate with each other through an internal connection path; the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, Receiving or transmitting a signal by controlling the transceiver; when an instruction stored in the memory is executed,
  • a transceiver configured to receive indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending the PTRS;
  • a processor configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located;
  • the processor is further configured to map the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the indication information received by the transceiver, and use the pseudo random sequence to the one or Performing scrambling processing on the PTRSs mapped on the plurality of DFT-s-OFDM symbols;
  • the transceiver is configured to output the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols obtained by the processor.
  • the device may be a terminal device or a chip.
  • a pseudo-random sequence is determined according to a cell identity, and then the PTRS mapped onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled using the pseudo-random sequence. Since the pseudo-random sequences corresponding to different cell identifiers are different, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminals of different cells can maintain interference randomization through the above processing. For example, at the receiving end device, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol sent by the DFT-S-OFDM user from the neighboring cell appears as a random sequence, so that the purpose of interference randomization can be achieved, thereby avoiding the different cells. The problem of PTRS collision between users.
  • the processor is configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the cell is located, and specifically includes:
  • the processor is configured to obtain a cell-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier;
  • the processor is configured to perform, by using the pseudo random sequence, the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols. Scrambling, including:
  • the processor is configured to multiply the pseudo-random sequence by a PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols.
  • the device is a terminal or a chip.
  • an apparatus comprising: a processor, a memory and a transceiver; a processor, the memory and the transceiver communicate with each other through an internal connection path; the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, Receiving or transmitting a signal by controlling the transceiver; when an instruction stored in the memory is executed,
  • a transceiver configured to send indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS;
  • a transceiver configured to receive one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols mapped by the terminal and mapped with a PTRS, where the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS refer to a DFT that performs the following operations: -S-OFDM symbol: the terminal maps the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the indication information, and uses a pseudo-random sequence pair obtained according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located The PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols is scrambled.
  • the device may be a network device or a chip.
  • a pseudo-random sequence is determined according to a cell identity, and then the PTRS mapped onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled using the pseudo-random sequence. Since the pseudo-random sequences corresponding to different cell identifiers are different, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminals of different cells can maintain interference randomization through the above processing. For example, at the receiving end device, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol sent by the DFT-S-OFDM user from the neighboring cell appears as a random sequence, so that the purpose of interference randomization can be achieved, thereby avoiding the different cells. The problem of PTRS collision between users.
  • the pseudo random sequence is a terminal level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identifier;
  • the pseudo-random sequence is a cell-level pseudo-random sequence determined according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
  • the pseudo-random sequence is used to scramble the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, include:
  • the apparatus is a network device.
  • the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS
  • the method includes: the indication information is used to indicate the number of PTRS blocks.
  • the number of PTRS blocks indicates the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  • the indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes: when the indication information is used to indicate a PTRS Domain density.
  • the indication information is the modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
  • a nineteenth aspect a computer readable storage medium having stored thereon a computer program, the computer program being implemented by a computer, the method of the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect; or
  • a twentieth aspect a computer program product comprising instructions for causing a computer to perform, in a method of any of the possible implementations of the first aspect or the first aspect, when the computer program product is run on a computer; or
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a PTRS mapped to a DFT-S-OFDM symbol in the prior art.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a typical application scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of a PTRS processing method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of performing symbol level offset on a PTRS mapped onto a DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of modulation symbol level offset of a PTRS mapped onto a DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is another schematic interaction diagram of a PTRS processing method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is still another schematic interaction diagram of a PTRS processing method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is still another schematic interaction diagram of a PTRS processing method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a signal processing method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a PTRS location parameter according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a wireless communication system 200 to which the present application relates.
  • the wireless communication system 200 can operate in a high frequency band, is not limited to a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, and can be a fifth generation mobile communication (5th generation, 5G) system, a new air interface ( New Radio, NR) systems, Machine to Machine (M2M) systems, etc.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • 5G fifth generation mobile communication
  • NR New Radio
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • wireless communication system 200 can include one or more network devices 210, one or more terminals 220, and a core network 230. among them:
  • the network device 210 can be a base station, the base station can be used to communicate with one or more terminals, and can also be used to communicate with one or more base stations having partial terminal functions (such as a macro base station and a micro base station, such as an access point, Communication between).
  • the base station may be a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in a Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA) system, or may be an Evolved Node B in an LTE system. , eNB), and base stations in 5G systems, New Radio (NR) systems.
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • TD-SCDMA Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access
  • eNB Evolved Node B in an LTE system.
  • eNB Evolved Node B in an LTE system.
  • NR New Radio
  • the base station may also be an Access Point (AP), a TransNode (Trans TRP), a Central Unit (CU), or other network entity, and may include
  • Terminals 220 may be distributed throughout wireless communication system 200, either stationary or mobile.
  • terminal 220 may be a mobile device, a mobile station, a mobile unit, an M2M terminal, a wireless unit, a remote unit, a user agent, a mobile client, and the like.
  • network device 210 can be used to communicate with terminal 220 over one or more antennas under the control of a network device controller (not shown).
  • the network device controller may be part of the core network 230 or may be integrated into the network device 210.
  • the network device 210 can be configured to transmit control information or user data to the core network 230 through a blackhaul interface 250 (eg, an S1 interface).
  • the network device 210 and the network device 210 may also communicate with each other directly or indirectly through a blackhaul interface 240 (such as an X2 interface).
  • the wireless communication system shown in FIG. 2 is only for the purpose of more clearly explaining the technical solutions of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation of the present application.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the invention are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
  • a PTRS is usually mapped to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to a time domain location of a predetermined PTRS, and when a plurality of terminals transmit DFT-S-OFDM symbols, multiple terminals are prone to occur.
  • the time domain configuration of the PTRS mapped by the transmitted DFT-S-OFDM symbol overlaps, thereby generating a PTRS collision between different terminals.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a PTRS processing method and apparatus, which can effectively avoid PTRS collisions of different terminals.
  • PTRS collision of different terminals is avoided by performing time domain offset on the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS; or by performing PTRS mapping on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol.
  • Code division multiplexing processing to avoid PTRS collisions of different terminals or, by performing cell-level scrambling processing on PTRSs mapped to DFT-S-OFDM symbols, to achieve interference randomization of PTRS, to avoid PTRS of different terminals Collision; or, not only code division multiplexing processing on PTRS mapped to DFT-S-OFDM symbols, but also cell level scrambling processing to avoid PTRS collisions of different terminals.
  • the embodiment of the present invention can effectively avoid PTRS collisions of different terminals.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of a PTRS processing method 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device in FIG. 3 corresponds to the network device 210 shown in FIG. 2, and the terminal in FIG. 3 corresponds to the terminal in FIG. 220.
  • the PTRS processing method 300 of the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the network device sends the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the time domain location of the PTRS, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps the initial time of the PTRS.
  • the offset of the domain location is used to indicate that the terminal sends the time domain location of the PTRS.
  • the time domain location of the PTRS refers to mapping the PTRS to which OFDM symbols on the subframe.
  • the subframe includes 7 DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and the PTRS can be mapped to the 1st, 3rd, 5th, and 7th symbols.
  • the initial time domain location of the mapped PTRS refers to the OFDM symbol in which the first PTRS on the subframe is mapped. For example, typically the first OFDM symbol is the initial time domain location.
  • the terminal maps the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information.
  • the PTRS on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is offset.
  • mapping the time domain position of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information offsets the time domain position of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information; and then map the PTRS to one according to the time domain position of the offset PTRS. Or on multiple DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
  • first indication information and the second indication information may be sent through one downlink signaling, or may be sent through different downlink signaling, which is not limited in this application.
  • mapping a PTRS onto one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols refers to mapping a PTRS onto a subframe including the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
  • the PTRS may be mapped to all DFT-S-OFDM symbols in the subframe, where the time domain density of the PTRS is 1, and the time domain density refers to mapping one PTRS every few OFDM symbols.
  • the PTRS time domain density is 1, and when one PTRS is mapped every 2 OFDM symbols, the time domain density of the PTRS is 1/2.
  • the PTRS is mapped to a part of the DFT-S-OFDM symbol in the subframe, that is, the PTRS is mapped to a part of the DFT-S-OFDM symbol in the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols, at this time, the PTRS
  • the time domain density is greater than 0 and less than 1.
  • Embodiments of the present invention do not strictly define mapping PTRS onto each of the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
  • the terminal sends one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols processed through step 320.
  • the terminal sends one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols processed through step 320 to the network device.
  • the network device receives one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols from the terminal.
  • the PTRS is mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain location of the PTRS and the offset of the initial time domain location of the mapped PTRS, so that different terminals can be avoided to some extent.
  • the problem of time domain overlap of PTRS mapped on DFT-S-OFDM symbols can overcome the problem of PTRS collision between different users.
  • the second indication information is attribute information of the terminal different from other terminals, for example, a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, or a cell identifier (Identity, ID) of the terminal.
  • the offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS is determined based on the attribute information of the terminal. It should be understood that, for example, if the attribute information of the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 are different, the offset of the initial time domain position of the PTRS determined according to the attribute information of the two is also different, and then according to the offset of the terminal 1 and the terminal 2, respectively.
  • the obtained two DFT-S-OFDM waveforms with PTRS are mapped, and the time domain positions of the mapped PTRSs have a high probability that they do not overlap, so that the PTRS collision problem between the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 can be avoided.
  • the second indication information may be a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal or a PTRS port number of the terminal.
  • the respective DMRS port numbers are different from each other, and the respective PTRS port numbers are also different from each other. Therefore, the offset of the initial time domain position of the PTRS obtained according to the DMRS port number of different terminals is also Different, or the offset of the initial time domain position of the PTRS obtained according to the PTRS port number of different terminals is also different.
  • the second indication information may be a cell identifier ID of the terminal.
  • the cell identifiers of the cells in which they are located are different from each other, and therefore the offsets of the initial time domain locations of the PTRSs obtained according to the cell identifiers of different terminals are different.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate an offset of an initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol.
  • the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol refers to a first DFT-S-OFDM symbol in a subframe mapped with a PTRS, the subframe including the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols .
  • the unit of the offset in this embodiment may be a subframe, a time slot, a mini-slot, a symbol, or an absolute time, such as x milliseconds.
  • the offset unit is used as an example, that is, the offset represents how many DFT-S-OFDM symbols are offset.
  • the time domain position of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information indicates that the PTRS is mapped every K DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and K is a positive integer, and the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS is relative to the first DFT-S.
  • the offset of the OFDM symbol can be 0, 1, ..., K-1. Specifically, the offset may be determined according to a DMRS port number or a PTRS port number of the terminal (corresponding to a scenario of the same cell), or the offset may be determined according to a cell identifier of the terminal (corresponding to a scenario of a different cell).
  • the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information indicates that the time domain density of the PTRS is 1/4
  • the DMRS port of the terminal which may also be a PTRS port, here exemplified by the DMRS port
  • the offset One-to-one correspondence For example, if the uplink DMRS port numbers in the current cell include 41, 42, 43, and 44, the correspondence between these DMRS port numbers and offsets is as shown in Table 1.
  • the offset is 0; when the DMRS port number of the terminal is 43, then the offset is determined to be 2.
  • the time domain position of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information indicates that the time domain density of the PTRS is 1/4, and the cell ID of the terminal corresponds to the offset one-to-one, and the correspondence between different cell IDs and offsets As shown in table 2.
  • the cell ID of the cell where the terminal 1 is located is ID_1, and the corresponding offset is 0; the cell ID of the cell where the terminal 2 is located is ID_3, and the corresponding offset is 2.
  • the correspondence between the offset and the DMRS port number may be notified to the terminal in advance by using downlink signaling, that is, And sending the correspondence information of the DMRS port number and the offset to the terminal; or sending the correspondence information of the PTRS port number and the offset to the terminal; or sending the correspondence information of the cell ID and the offset to the terminal.
  • the downlink signaling is any one of the following information: system information (SI), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, MAC Control Element (MAC-CE), Or Downlink Control Information (DCI).
  • the correspondence between the offset and the DMRS port number may also be configured into the terminal by using a protocol, that is, The terminal pre-stores correspondence information between the DMRS port number and the offset, or pre-stores correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the offset, or correspondence information between the cell ID and the offset.
  • the PTRS is mapped every 1 DFT-S-OFDM symbol, wherein in the subframe of the terminal 1, the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS is relative to the first DFT-S-OFDM.
  • the offset of the symbol is 0.
  • the offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol is 1 (unit: DFT-S-OFDM symbol) .
  • the PTRS mapping is performed, but the mapping between the two is performed.
  • the initial time domain position of the PTRS is different from the offset of the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol, and therefore, the time domain position of the PTRS mapped on the subframe of the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 does not overlap with a high probability. Therefore, the collision between the terminal 1 and the PTRS of the terminal 2 can be avoided to a certain extent, so that the tracking accuracy of the phase can be improved.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 may also be referred to as performing a symbol level offset on a PTRS mapped onto a DFT-S-OFDM symbol.
  • FIG. 4 is merely an example and not a limitation.
  • the specific value of the offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol may be determined according to specific requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate an offset of an initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to a first modulation symbol of the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS.
  • the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS refers to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol with PTRS mapped in the subframe including the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
  • the unit of the offset in this embodiment is a modulation symbol, that is, the offset indicates how many modulation symbols are offset.
  • the offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS relative to the first modulation symbol may be determined according to the DMRS port number or the PTRS port number of the terminal (corresponding to the scenario of the same cell), or It is determined according to the cell identity of the terminal (corresponding to scenarios of different cells).
  • the time domain position of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information indicates that there are N PTRS Chunk blocks mapped in one DFT-S-OFDM symbol (for example, N is equal to 4 in FIG. 5), and the size of each Chunk For M (for example, in Figure 5, M is equal to 2)
  • the DMRS port of the terminal (which may also be a PTRS port, here only exemplified by the DMRS port) has a one-to-one correspondence with the offset.
  • the uplink DMRS port numbers in the current cell include 41, 42, 43, and 44, the correspondence between these DMRS port numbers and offsets is as shown in Table 3.
  • the offset is 0; when the DMRS port number of the terminal is 43, then the offset is determined to be 2.
  • the offset of the modulation symbol level is directly represented by the number of offset modulation symbols.
  • the offset of the modulation symbol level may also be represented by the ratio of the number of offset modulation symbols in the total number of modulation symbols included in one DFT-S-OFDM symbol, which is hereinafter referred to as Proportional offset.
  • the above DMRS port numbers include 41, 42, 43 and 44 as examples. The correspondence between these DMRS port numbers and the proportional offset is shown in Table 4.
  • the scheduling bandwidth is 4 RBs, that is, 48 subcarriers (ie, one DFT-S-OFDM symbol includes 48 modulation symbols), the number of modulation symbols of the offset calculated by the second column of Table 4 is 0, 2, 4, respectively. With 6.
  • the time domain position of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information indicates that there are N PTRS Chunk blocks mapped in one DFT-S-OFDM symbol (for example, N is equal to 4 in FIG. 5), and the size of each Chunk In the case of M (for example, in FIG. 5, M is equal to 2), in this case, the cell ID of the terminal is in one-to-one correspondence with the offset, and the correspondence between different cell IDs and offsets is as shown in Table 5.
  • the corresponding offset is 0; when the cell ID of the terminal is ID_3, the corresponding offset is 2.
  • the correspondence between the offset and the DMRS port number may be notified in advance by downlink signaling.
  • the terminal that is, sends the correspondence relationship between the DMRS port number and the offset to the terminal; or sends the correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the offset to the terminal; or sends the correspondence information between the cell ID and the offset to terminal.
  • the downlink signaling is any one of the following information: system information (SI), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, MAC Control Element (MAC-CE), Or Downlink Control Information (DCI).
  • SI system information
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC-CE MAC Control Element
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the correspondence between the offset and the DMRS port number may also be configured to the terminal by using a protocol.
  • the terminal pre-stores correspondence information between the DMRS port number and the offset, or pre-stores correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the offset, or correspondence information between the cell ID and the offset.
  • the DFT-S-OFDM symbol includes N Chunks (for example, in FIG. 5, N is equal to 4) And each Chunk has a size of M (for example, in FIG. 5, M is equal to 2), defining a plurality of mapping position sets (S1, S2, ...) for the N*M PTRSs, and different mapping positions
  • S1, S2, ICE mapping position sets
  • the corresponding mapping location set (the scenario corresponding to the same cell) may be determined according to the DMRS port number and/or the PTRS port number of the terminal, or may be determined according to the cell identifier of the terminal.
  • a corresponding set of mapping locations (corresponding to scenarios of different cells).
  • the DMRS port of the terminal (which may also be a PTRS port, here exemplified by the DMRS port) has a one-to-one correspondence with the mapping location set. Assuming that the mapping location set includes S1, S2, S3, and S4, and the uplink DMRS port number includes 41, 42, 43, and 44, the mapping relationship between these DMRS port numbers and the mapping location set is as shown in Table 6.
  • the PTRS mapping is performed based on the mapping location set S1; when the port number of the terminal 2 is 43, the PTRS mapping is performed based on the mapping location set S3. Since the time domain position of the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol of the terminal 1 does not overlap with the time domain position of the PTRS mapped by the DFT-S-OFDM symbol of the terminal 2, the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 do not A PTRS collision occurred.
  • the cell ID of the terminal is in one-to-one correspondence with the mapping location set.
  • the mapping location set includes S1, S2, S3, and S4.
  • the mapping relationship between different cell IDs and mapping location sets is shown in Table 7.
  • PTRS mapping is performed based on the mapping location set S1; when the cell ID of the terminal 2 is ID_3, PTRS mapping is performed based on the mapping location set S3. Since the time domain position of the PTRS in the mapping position set S1 does not overlap with the time domain position of the PTRS in the mapping position set S3, the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 do not have a PTRS collision.
  • the mapping location set and the correspondence between the mapping location set and the DMRS port number may be previously performed through downlink signaling.
  • the relationship is notified to the terminal, that is, the correspondence information of the DMRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set is sent to the terminal; or the correspondence relationship between the PTRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set is sent to the terminal; or the cell ID and the PTRS mapping location are sent.
  • the corresponding relationship information of the set is given to the terminal.
  • the downlink signaling is any one of the following information: system information (SI), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, MAC Control Element (MAC-CE), Or Downlink Control Information (DCI).
  • SI system information
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC-CE MAC Control Element
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the mapping relationship between the mapping location set and the mapping location set and the DMRS port number may also be configured by using a protocol.
  • the terminal pre-stores correspondence information between the DMRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set, or pre-stores the correspondence relationship information between the PTRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set, or the correspondence relationship between the cell ID and the PTRS mapping location set.
  • the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 each include 48 modulation symbols, and 4 PTRS Chunks are mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminal 1 and the terminal 2, And each Chunk includes 2 PTRSs.
  • the initial time domain position of the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol of the terminal 1 is the first modulation symbol (referred to as modulation symbol 0), that is, in the DFT-S-OFDM symbol of the terminal 1, the initial time domain of the PTRS is mapped.
  • modulation symbol 0 the first modulation symbol
  • the offset of the position relative to the first modulation symbol is zero.
  • the initial time domain position of the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol of the terminal 2 is the seventh modulation symbol (referred to as modulation symbol 6), that is, in the DFT-S-OFDM symbol of the terminal 2, the initial time domain of the PTRS is mapped.
  • modulation symbol 6 the seventh modulation symbol
  • the offset of the position relative to the first modulation symbol is 6 modulation symbols.
  • the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS is relative to the first modulation symbol.
  • the offsets are different, and therefore, the time domain position of the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol of the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 does not overlap with a large probability, and thus, to a certain extent, the terminal 1 and the terminal can be avoided.
  • the collision of the PTRS of 2 can improve the tracking accuracy of the phase.
  • the embodiment shown in Figure 5 can also be referred to as modulating the symbol level offset of the PTRS.
  • FIG. 5 is merely an example and not a limitation.
  • the specific value of the offset of the initial time domain position of the PTRS with respect to the first modulation symbol may be determined according to specific requirements, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, and the The cell ID of the terminal.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
  • the time domain density of the PTRS may be related to at least one of a Cyclic Prefix (CP) type, a subcarrier spacing, and a modulation and coding mode (MCS).
  • CP Cyclic Prefix
  • MCS modulation and coding mode
  • the time domain density of the PTRS is corresponding to at least one of a CP type, a subcarrier spacing, and a modulation and coding mode.
  • Different CP types or subcarrier spacing or modulation coding modes may correspond to different time domain densities.
  • the corresponding relationship may be predefined by a protocol, or may be configured by a network device by using high layer signaling, such as RRC signaling.
  • the time domain density of the PTRS means that the PTRS is mapped once every few symbols.
  • the PTRS may be continuously mapped on each symbol of the PUSCH (or PDSCH), or may be mapped once every two symbols of the PUSCH (or PDSCH). It can also be mapped once every 4 symbols of the PUSCH (or PDSCH).
  • the time domain density of the PTRS can be determined according to the subcarrier spacing and the modulation and coding mode. Specifically, for one determined subcarrier spacing value, one or more modulation coding mode thresholds may be configured by pre-defined or higher layer signaling, and all modulation coding modes between adjacent two modulation coding mode thresholds The time domain density corresponding to the same PTRS can be as shown in Table 8.
  • MCS_1, MCS_2, and MCS_3 are modulation coding mode threshold values
  • "1/2" in the time domain density refers to the time domain density shown in FIG.
  • the time domain density of the PTRS may be determined according to a modulation coding mode threshold interval in which the actual modulation coding mode MCS falls.
  • a modulation coding mode threshold interval in which the actual modulation coding mode MCS falls.
  • the examples are merely illustrative of the embodiments of the invention and should not be construed as limiting.
  • pi/2-BPSK modulation does not require PTRS to track phase noise or frequency offset.
  • MCS_M1 the maximum MCS of pi/2-BPSK modulation
  • MCS_M1 the maximum MCS of pi/2-BPSK modulation
  • different subcarrier spacings may correspond to different modulation coding mode thresholds. That is to say, for different subcarrier spacings, different correspondence tables of modulation coding mode threshold values and time domain densities can be configured.
  • the respective modulation coding mode thresholds of different subcarrier intervals may be predefined by a protocol, or may be configured by a network device by using high layer signaling (for example, RRC signaling).
  • a default subcarrier spacing (denoted as SC_1), such as 15 kHz, and one or more default thresholds corresponding to the default subcarrier spacing may be configured by protocol pre-defined or higher layer signaling. (indicated as MCS').
  • MCS_offset which is an integer
  • MCS_offset the actual modulation coding mode under the default subcarrier spacing.
  • the actual modulation coding mode MCS plus the modulation coding mode offset value MCS_offset may be used to determine the time domain density of the PTRS.
  • a default subcarrier spacing (represented as SCS_1) may be configured by protocol pre-defined or higher layer signaling, and one or more default modulation coding mode thresholds corresponding to the default subcarrier spacing. (indicated as MCS').
  • MCS' the default modulation coding mode thresholds corresponding to the default subcarrier spacing.
  • the actual modulation coding mode MCS and the default modulation coding mode threshold MCS' may be used to determine which default modulation coding mode threshold interval the MCS falls in, and then the default modulation coding mode gate is utilized.
  • the time domain density corresponding to the limit interval is multiplied by the scaling factor ⁇ to determine the actual time domain density of the PTRS.
  • the correspondence between at least one of the subcarrier spacing and the modulation and coding mode and the time domain density of the PTRS may be configured through protocol pre-defined or higher layer signaling (eg, RRC signaling).
  • the time domain density of the PTRS may be configured by protocol pre-defined or higher layer signaling: the PTRS is continuously mapped on each symbol of the PUSCH (or PDSCH). In this way, PTRS can be used to assist Doppler frequency offset estimation in a high speed and large delay spread scenario.
  • ECP Extended Cyclic Prefix
  • the first indication information includes a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) of the terminal.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the phase noise tracking performance is less demanding and the time domain density of the PTRS can be reduced.
  • the time domain density of the PTRS is determined according to the MCS, and the overhead can be effectively reduced.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate a number of PTRS blocks, where the number of PTRS blocks represents a mapping on a DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  • the number of PTRS blocks (Chunk).
  • the first indication information includes a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  • the number of Chunks is determined by the scheduling bandwidth, and the larger the scheduling bandwidth, the larger the number of Chunks, and vice versa.
  • the correspondence between the number of Chunk and the scheduling bandwidth is as shown in Table 11, where NRB indicates the number of RBs allocated for the LTE system.
  • the bandwidth allocated for a terminal is insufficient, excessive PTRS has an excessive overhead, which reduces user throughput. Therefore, the number of PTRSs may increase as the scheduling bandwidth increases, and decreases as the scheduling bandwidth decreases. This can be achieved, achieving high phase noise tracking performance in a large bandwidth scenario, and avoiding excessive overhead in a small bandwidth scenario. .
  • the correspondence between the number of Chunks and the scheduling bandwidth may be notified to the terminal in advance through downlink signaling.
  • the downlink signaling is any one of the following information: system information (SI), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, MAC Control Element (MAC-CE), Or Downlink Control Information (DCI).
  • SI system information
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC-CE MAC Control Element
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the correspondence between the number of the Chunk and the scheduling bandwidth is configured in the terminal by using a protocol, that is, the terminal pre-stores the correspondence relationship between the number of the Chunk and the scheduling bandwidth.
  • the PTRS processing method 300 by performing time domain offset processing on the PTRS in the process of mapping the PTRS onto the DFT-s-OFDM symbol, to a certain extent, The time domain locations of the mapped PTRSs on the DFT-s-OFDM symbols of different terminals are prevented from overlapping each other, so that PTRS collisions between different terminals can be avoided, and the phase noise tracking accuracy can be effectively improved.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a PTRS processing method 600.
  • the network device in FIG. 6 may correspond to the network device 210 in FIG. 2, and the terminal in FIG. 6 may correspond to the terminal 220a in FIG.
  • the PTRS processing method 600 includes:
  • the network device sends the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, where the second indication information is used to indicate code division multiplexing information, where the code
  • the sub-multiplexing information is used for code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS on the orthogonal frequency division multiplexing DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped to the discrete Fourier transform.
  • the time domain location of the PTRS refers to a time domain location when the PTRS is mapped onto the subframe, and the subframe includes, for example, 7 or 14 DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
  • the code division multiplexing information may be an orthogonal code or a phase rotation factor, which will be described in detail below.
  • the terminal maps the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and maps the pair of DFTs to the one or more DFTs by using the code division multiplexing information pair.
  • the PTRS on the -s-OFDM symbol performs code division multiplexing processing.
  • the PTRS is mapped to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information; and then the PTRS mapped to the DFT-s-OFDM symbol is coded. Sub-multiplex processing.
  • the terminal sends the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols processed through step 620.
  • the terminal transmits one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols processed through step 620 to the network device.
  • the network device receives one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols from the terminal.
  • a PTRS is usually mapped to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to a time domain location of a predetermined PTRS, and when a plurality of terminals transmit DFT-S-OFDM symbols, multiple terminals are prone to occur.
  • the time domain configuration of the PTRS mapped by the transmitted DFT-S-OFDM symbol overlaps, thereby generating a PTRS collision between different terminals.
  • the orthogonalization of the PTRS of different terminals can be realized, so that the problem of PTRS collision between different users can be overcome, and in particular, the PTRS collision between different users in the same cell can be solved.
  • the code division multiplexing information is an orthogonal code OCC
  • step 620 performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information, including: using the OCC, mapping each PTRS The PTRS of each PTRS block mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbols is subjected to orthogonal mask processing.
  • mapping to each PTRS block on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol includes 4 PTRSs, which can generate orthogonal codes: ⁇ 1,1,1,1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,1,-1,-1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,-1,1,-1 ⁇ and ⁇ 1,-1,-1,1 ⁇ . If the four terminals respectively perform orthogonal mask processing on the PTRSs mapped on the respective DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the four codes of the orthogonal codes, the PTRS between the four terminals can be maintained. Orthogonal.
  • the two terminals respectively perform orthogonal mask processing on the PTRS mapped on the respective DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using any two of the orthogonal codes, and the PTRS between the two terminals can be implemented. Keep each other orthogonal.
  • the second indication information may be at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, or a terminal identifier of the terminal.
  • the terminal can select its own orthogonal code according to the DMRS port number, PTRS port number or terminal identifier of the terminal.
  • the respective DMRS port numbers are different from each other, and the respective PTRS port numbers are also different from each other. Therefore, the code division multiplexing information corresponding to the DMRS/PTRS port numbers of different terminals is different.
  • the uplink DMRS port number in the current cell includes 41, 42, 43 and 44, and each Chunk mapped to the DFT-s-OFDM symbol includes 4 PTRSs, and the orthogonal code is the above ⁇ 1, 1, 1, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,1,-1,-1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1,-1,1,-1 ⁇ and ⁇ 1,-1,-1,1 ⁇ , then the correspondence between these DMRS port numbers and orthogonal codes The relationship is shown in Table 12.
  • the orthogonal code ⁇ 1, 1, 1, 1 ⁇ is selected to process the PTRS in each Chunk mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol; if the DMRS port of the terminal 2 The number is 44, and the orthogonal code ⁇ 1, -1, -1, 1 ⁇ is selected to process the PTRS in each Chunk mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol. It should be understood that after the orthogonal mask processing described above, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol of the terminal 1 and the PTRS mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol of the terminal 2 are orthogonalized, and thus, can be avoided. conflict.
  • the second indication information may also be a cell identifier ID of the terminal.
  • the cell identifiers of the cells in which they are located are different from each other, and therefore the orthogonal codes corresponding to the cell identifiers of different terminals are different.
  • each Chunk mapped to a DFT-s-OFDM symbol includes four PTRSs, and the orthogonal codes are the above-mentioned ⁇ 1, 1, 1, 1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, 1, -1, -1 ⁇ , ⁇ 1, -1, 1, -1 ⁇ and ⁇ 1, -1, -1, 1 ⁇ , the correspondence between different cell IDs and orthogonal codes is as shown in Table 13.
  • the orthogonal code ⁇ 1, 1, 1, 1 ⁇ is selected to process the PTRS in each Chunk mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol; if the cell ID of the terminal 2 is ID_4, then the orthogonal code ⁇ 1, -1, -1, 1 ⁇ is selected to process the PTRS in each Chunk mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol. It should be understood that after the orthogonal mask processing described above, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol of the terminal 1 and the PTRS mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol of the terminal 2 are orthogonalized, and thus, can be avoided. conflict.
  • the correspondence between the orthogonal code and the DMRS port number may be notified to the terminal in advance through downlink signaling, that is, And transmitting the correspondence information of the DMRS port number and the orthogonal code to the terminal; or sending the correspondence information of the PTRS port number and the orthogonal code to the terminal; or sending the correspondence relationship between the cell ID and the orthogonal code to the terminal.
  • the downlink signaling is any one of the following information: system information (SI), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, MAC Control Element (MAC-CE), Or Downlink Control Information (DCI).
  • the correspondence between the orthogonal code and the DMRS port number may also be configured into the terminal by using a protocol, that is, The terminal pre-stores correspondence information between the DMRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set, or pre-stores correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set, or correspondence information between the cell ID and the PTRS mapping location set.
  • the code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor.
  • step 620 performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information, including: using the phase rotation factor, mapping the PTRS by using the phase rotation factor Each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol is subjected to phase rotation processing.
  • N PTRS blocks (Chunk), multiplying the PTRS of each chunk by a phase rotation factor.
  • phase rotation processing is performed on the (n+1)th PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using a phase rotation factor as shown in the following formula:
  • N indicates the number of mapped blocks PTRS each DFT-s-OFDM symbol PTRS the mapped
  • n 0,1, ..., N -1
  • N 1 represents the terminal that is allocated Terminal level phase rotation factor.
  • the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, and a terminal identifier ID of the terminal.
  • the terminal may determine a phase rotation factor for performing phase rotation processing on the PTRS according to the DMRS port number, the PTRS port number, or the terminal identification ID of the terminal.
  • the terminal-level phase rotation factor N 1 allocated for the terminal is determined according to the DMRS port number, PTRS port number or terminal identification ID of the terminal.
  • the terminal-level phase rotation factor N 1 allocated to each terminal in the current cell and the DMRS port number are The correspondence is shown in Table 14.
  • the phase rotation factor is processed for each Chunk mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol.
  • the DMRS port number of the terminal 2 is 44 and the terminal-stage phase rotation factor N 1 is 3N/4
  • the PTRS mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol of the terminal 1 and the PTRS mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol of the terminal 2 are orthogonalized, and thus, the intra-cell can be avoided. PTRS collision between terminals.
  • the second indication information may also be a cell identifier ID of the terminal.
  • the cell identifiers of the cells in which they are located are different from each other, and therefore the cell tune factors corresponding to the cell identifiers of different terminals are different.
  • the phase rotation factor processes each Chunk mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol.
  • the cell ID of the terminal 2 is ID_4 and the terminal-level phase rotation factor N 1 is 3N/4
  • the resulting phase rotation factor processes each Chunk mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol.
  • the PTRS mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol of the terminal 1 and the PTRS mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol of the terminal 2 are orthogonalized, and thus, different cells can be avoided.
  • the correspondence between the terminal-level phase rotation factor N 1 and the DMRS port number may be notified in advance by downlink signaling.
  • Giving the terminal that is, transmitting the correspondence relationship between the DMRS port number and the terminal-level phase rotation factor N 1 to the terminal; or transmitting the correspondence relationship between the PTRS port number and the terminal-level phase rotation factor N 1 to the terminal; or transmitting the cell ID
  • Correspondence information with the terminal level phase rotation factor N 1 is given to the terminal.
  • the downlink signaling is any one of the following information: system information (SI), RRC signaling, MAC-CE, or DCI.
  • the correspondence between the terminal-level phase rotation factor N 1 and the DMRS port number may also be configured by using a protocol to In the terminal, the terminal pre-stores correspondence information between the DMRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set, or pre-stores correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set, or the correspondence relationship between the cell ID and the PTRS mapping location set.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
  • the first indication information includes a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
  • MCS modulation and coding mode
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate a number of PTRS blocks, where the number of PTRS blocks indicates that the DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped to the PTRS is mapped.
  • the number of PTRS blocks (Chunk).
  • the first indication information includes a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  • the number of Chunks is determined by the scheduling bandwidth, and the larger the scheduling bandwidth, the larger the number of Chunks, and vice versa.
  • the PTRS processing method 300 For brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • mapping to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol after mapping the PTRS to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the network device, mapping to the DFT-S
  • the PTRS on the OFDM symbol performs code division multiplexing processing, which can implement orthogonalization of PTRS of different terminals, thereby overcoming the problem of PTRS collision between different users, and in particular, can solve the PTRS collision between different users in the same cell, thereby Improve phase noise tracking accuracy.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a PTRS processing method 700.
  • the network device in FIG. 7 may correspond to the network device 210 in FIG. 2, and the terminal in FIG. 7 may correspond to the terminal 220a in FIG. .
  • the PTRS processing method 700 includes:
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the time domain location of the PTRS.
  • the terminal receives the indication information from the network device.
  • the indication information corresponds to the first indication information in some of the foregoing embodiments, and the detailed description is detailed above, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal obtains a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located.
  • the pseudo random sequence may be a ⁇ 0, 1 ⁇ sequence such as a gold sequence or an m sequence, or the pseudo random sequence may also be a ZC sequence.
  • Different cell identifiers correspond to different pseudo-random sequences.
  • the terminal maps, according to the indication information, a PTRS to one or more discrete Fourier transform spread Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and maps the pseudo PN sequence to the one.
  • the PTRS on the plurality of DFT-s-OFDM symbols is scrambled.
  • the PTRS is first mapped to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the indication information; then, the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled by using the pseudo random sequence.
  • scrambling a PTRS mapped onto a DFT-S-OFDM symbol means multiplying a PTRS mapped onto a DFT-S-OFDM symbol by the pseudo-random sequence. This scrambling process will be described in detail below.
  • the terminal sends one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols processed through step 730.
  • the terminal transmits one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols processed through step 730 to the network device.
  • the network device receives one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols from the terminal.
  • FIG. 7 is mainly applicable to PTRS processing between terminals of different cells.
  • a PTRS is usually mapped to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to a time domain location of a predetermined PTRS, and when a plurality of terminals transmit DFT-S-OFDM symbols, multiple terminals are prone to occur.
  • the time domain configuration of the PTRS mapped by the transmitted DFT-S-OFDM symbol overlaps, thereby generating a PTRS collision between different terminals.
  • the pseudo random sequence is determined according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located, and then the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled by using the pseudo random sequence. Since the pseudo-random sequences corresponding to different cell identifiers are different, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminals of different cells can maintain interference randomization through the above processing. For example, at the receiving end device, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol sent by the DFT-S-OFDM user from the neighboring cell appears as a random sequence, so that the purpose of interference randomization can be achieved, thereby avoiding the different cells. The problem of PTRS collision between users.
  • step 720 the terminal obtains a cell-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located.
  • step 720 the terminal obtains a terminal-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
  • the terminal identifier of the terminal is a Radio Network Temporary Identity (RNTI) of the terminal.
  • RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identity
  • the terminal obtains the scrambling code sequence a(n) according to the cell identifier and the RNTI of the terminal.
  • the PTRS mapped onto the DFT-s-OFDM symbol can then be scrambled using a subset of a(n). For example, first, a subset of a(n) is converted into a modulation sequence of the form ⁇ 1, -1 ⁇ ; then, the modulation sequence is multiplied by a one-to-one correspondence with the PTRS mapped onto the DFT-s-OFDM symbol.
  • the modulation sequence may be a BPSK sequence or a QPSK sequence.
  • step 730 The process of scrambling the PTRS mapped to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using a pseudo-random sequence in step 730 is described below by taking a terminal-level pseudo-random sequence as an example.
  • the length of the pseudo-random sequence c(n) may correspond to the number of PTRSs mapped on one DFT-S-OFDM symbol, and may also correspond to the number of PTRSs mapped on multiple DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
  • the length of (n) corresponds to the number of PTRSs mapped on one DFT-S-OFDM symbol. If a plurality of DFT-S-OFDM symbols are included in a subframe transmitted by the terminal, the length of (n) corresponds to the number of PTRSs mapped on the plurality of DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
  • d(k) may be a BPSK symbol (or a QPSK sequence) having a value of ⁇ 1, -1 ⁇ , or may be a complex-valued QPSK symbol.
  • the pseudo random sequence may multiplex an existing sequence, for example, a data scrambling sequence.
  • each terminal In LTE, each terminal generates a scrambling code sequence according to the RNTI and the cell ID, denoted as a(n), and then uses the scrambling code sequence to scramble the encoded and pre-modulated bits. Therefore, the scrambling code sequence a(n) can be directly used as the pseudo-random sequence in step 720.
  • a subset of a(n) may be employed to scramble the PTRS. For example, taking a subset of a(n), converting the subset to a BPSK sequence (or QPSK sequence) of the form ⁇ 1,-1 ⁇ , and then mapping the PTRS sequence to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol PTRS multiplies one by one.
  • BPSK sequence or QPSK sequence
  • the indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
  • the indication information includes a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
  • the indication information corresponds to the first indication information in the foregoing embodiment.
  • details refer to the related description in the PTRS processing method 300. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • the indication information is further used to indicate a number of PTRS blocks, where the number of PTRS blocks indicates a PTRS block mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  • the indication information includes a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  • the number of Chunks is determined by the scheduling bandwidth, and the larger the scheduling bandwidth, the larger the number of Chunks, and vice versa.
  • the indication information corresponds to the first indication information in the foregoing embodiment.
  • details refer to the related description in the PTRS processing method 300. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • the PTRS processing method 700 determines a pseudo random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located, and then uses the pseudo random sequence to scramble the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol. deal with. Since the pseudo-random sequences corresponding to different cell identifiers are different, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminals of different cells can maintain interference randomization through the above processing.
  • the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol sent by the DFT-S-OFDM user from the neighboring cell appears as a random sequence, so that the purpose of interference randomization can be achieved, thereby avoiding the different cells.
  • a scheme for orthogonalizing a PTRS mapped on a DFT-S-OFDM symbol is described above with reference to FIG. 6, and a scheme for performing random interference processing on a PTRS mapped on a DFT-S-OFDM symbol is described in conjunction with FIG.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 is suitable for overcoming the PTRS collision problem between terminals in the same cell
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 is suitable for overcoming the PTRS collision problem between terminals in different cells.
  • the corresponding solutions can be flexibly selected according to different application requirements. For example, if it is necessary to simultaneously overcome the PTRS collision problem between terminals of the same cell and the PTRS collision problem between terminals of different cells, the schemes shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 can be used in combination.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a PTRS processing method 800, which can be regarded as a combination of the method shown in FIG. 6 and the method shown in FIG.
  • the PTRS processing method 800 includes:
  • the network device sends the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, where the second indication information is used to indicate code division multiplexing information, where the code
  • the sub-multiplexing information is used for code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS on the orthogonal frequency division multiplexing DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped to the discrete Fourier transform.
  • the terminal receives the first indication information and the second indication information from the network device.
  • This step corresponds to step 710 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6.
  • the detailed description is in detail above, and is not described herein again for brevity.
  • the terminal obtains a pseudo random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the cell is located.
  • This step corresponds to step 720 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7.
  • the detailed description is in detail above, and is not described herein again for brevity.
  • the terminal maps the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and maps to the one or more DFTs by using the code division multiplexing information pair.
  • the PTRS on the s-OFDM symbol performs code division multiplexing processing, and performs scrambling processing on the PTRS subjected to code division multiplexing processing using the pseudo random sequence.
  • the mapped PTRS performs code division multiplexing processing; finally, the PTRS subjected to code division multiplexing processing is scrambled by using a pseudo random sequence.
  • the terminal sends one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols processed through step 830.
  • the terminal sends one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols processed in step 830 to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols.
  • the code division multiplexing information is an orthogonal code OCC; wherein, in step 830, the PTRS mapped to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols is coded by using the code division multiplexing information.
  • the multiplexing process includes: orthogonally masking the PTRS of each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the OCC.
  • the code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor
  • the PTRS mapped to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols is code-multiplexed by using the code division multiplexing information, including: using the phase rotation factor, the mapping has PTRS Each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol is subjected to phase rotation processing.
  • performing the scrambling process on the PTRS subjected to the code division multiplexing process by using the pseudo random sequence in step 830 comprising: performing multiplication calculation on the pseudo random sequence and the PTRS after performing code division multiplexing processing .
  • the scrambling process of the PTRS subjected to the code division multiplexing process by using the pseudo random sequence in step 830 includes: multiplying the pseudo random sequence and the PTRS subjected to the code division multiplexing process.
  • the length of the pseudo-random sequence c(n) may correspond to the number of PTRSs mapped on one DFT-S-OFDM symbol, and may also correspond to the number of PTRSs mapped on multiple DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
  • the length of (n) corresponds to the number of PTRSs mapped on one DFT-S-OFDM symbol. If a plurality of DFT-S-OFDM symbols are included in a subframe transmitted by the terminal, the length of (n) corresponds to the number of PTRSs mapped on the plurality of DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
  • d(k) may be a BPSK symbol having a value of ⁇ 1, -1 ⁇ , or may be a complex-valued QPSK symbol.
  • the PTRS is preferably a real sequence (for example, ⁇ 1, -1 ⁇ ).
  • the scrambling code sequence should also be a real sequence.
  • the OCC is a real number, the OCC is also a real sequence after being combined with the scrambling code;
  • the phase rotation factor may be a complex number.
  • the sequence of real phase rotations may be assigned to the pi/2-BPSK modulation user, and the remaining sequences are allocated to the remaining modulation users.
  • each network element such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device.
  • each network element such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device.
  • it includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the execution of the respective functions.
  • the present application can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application may perform the division of the function module on the transmitting end device or the receiving end device according to the foregoing method example.
  • each functional module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of the module in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and the actual implementation may have another division manner. The following is an example of dividing each functional module by using corresponding functions.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a PTRS processing apparatus, which may be a terminal or a chip.
  • the PTRS processing apparatus can be used to perform the steps performed by the terminal in FIG. 3, FIG. 6, FIG. 7, or FIG.
  • FIG. 9 shows a simplified terminal structure diagram. It is convenient for understanding and illustration.
  • the terminal uses a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input/output device.
  • the processor is mainly used for processing communication protocols and communication data, and controlling terminals, executing software programs, processing data of software programs, and the like.
  • Memory is primarily used to store software programs and data.
  • the RF circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the RF signal and the processing of the RF signal.
  • the antenna is mainly used to transmit and receive RF signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are primarily used to receive user input data and output data to the user. It should be noted that some types of terminals may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When the data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal, and then sends the radio frequency signal to the outside through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the RF circuit receives the RF signal through the antenna, converts the RF signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like.
  • the memory may be independent of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and the radio frequency circuit having the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit of the terminal, and the processor having the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal.
  • the terminal includes a transceiver unit 901 and a processing unit 902.
  • the transceiver unit can also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and the like.
  • the processing unit may also be referred to as a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 901 can be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 901 is regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 901 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit.
  • the receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit or the like.
  • the transmitting unit may also be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, and the like.
  • processing unit 902 is configured to perform step 320 of FIG. 3, and/or other steps in the application.
  • the transceiving unit 902 performs the receiving operation on the terminal side in step 310 in FIG. 3 or the transmitting operation on the terminal side in step 330, and/or other steps in the present application.
  • processing unit 902 is configured to perform steps 820 and 830 in FIG. 8, and/or other steps in the application.
  • the transceiver unit 902 performs the receiving action on the terminal side in step 810 in FIG. 8, or the transmitting operation on the terminal side in step 840, and/or other steps in the present application.
  • the chip When the PTRS processing device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit and a communication interface;
  • the processing unit is a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a PTRS processing apparatus, which may be a network device or a chip.
  • the PTRS processing device can be used to perform the steps performed by the network device in FIG. 3, FIG. 6, FIG. 7, or FIG.
  • FIG. 10 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the structure of a base station.
  • the base station includes a 1001 part and a 1002 part.
  • the 1001 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 1002 part is mainly used for baseband processing and control of base stations.
  • the 1001 portion may be generally referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver.
  • the 1002 portion is typically the control center of the base station and may be generally referred to as a processing unit for controlling the base station to perform the steps performed by the network device described above with respect to FIG. 3, FIG. 6, FIG. 7, or FIG.
  • a processing unit for controlling the base station to perform the steps performed by the network device described above with respect to FIG. 3, FIG. 6, FIG. 7, or FIG.
  • the transceiver unit of the 1001 part which may also be called a transceiver, or a transceiver, etc., includes an antenna and a radio frequency unit, wherein the radio frequency unit is mainly used for radio frequency processing.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the 1001 portion may be regarded as a receiving unit
  • the device for implementing the transmitting function may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the 1001 portion includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit or the like.
  • the 1002 portion may include one or more boards, each of which may include one or more processors and one or more memories for reading and executing programs in the memory to implement baseband processing functions and for base stations control. If multiple boards exist, the boards can be interconnected to increase processing power. As an optional implementation manner, multiple boards share one or more processors, or multiple boards share one or more memories, or multiple boards share one or more processes at the same time. Device.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to perform a sending operation on the network device side in step 310 in FIG. 3, and a receiving operation on the network device side in step 330, where the processing unit is configured to analyze the received in step 330 in FIG. One or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to perform a transmission operation on the network device side in step 810 in FIG. 8, a transmission operation on the network device side in step 840, and/or other steps in the present application.
  • the processing unit is configured to parse the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols received in step 840 of FIG.
  • the chip When the PTRS processing device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit and a communication interface;
  • the processing unit is a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the PTRS chunks included in the DFT-s-OFDM can have different application scenarios in different situations.
  • the network device and/or the terminal device can adapt to the scenario requirements and improve performance by configuring the time domain location of the PTRS chunks.
  • the configuration manner in the embodiment of the present invention may include:
  • the S1101 terminal device receives configuration information sent by the network device, where the configuration information indicates an offset parameter and/or an interval parameter.
  • the configuration information is used to determine a resource location of the PTRS chunks.
  • a DFT-s-OFDM symbol M consecutive PTRS sample points or (modulation) symbols are referred to as a PTRS chunk in the time domain, and one DFT-s-OFDM symbol includes one or more PTRS chunks, for ease of description, the PTRS chunks contained in a DFT-s-OFDM symbol can also be called chunks. For example, the number X of chunks in a DFT-s-OFDM symbol and/or the number of PTRS samples or (modulation) symbols L contained in one chunk.
  • the terminal device determines the location of the first PTRS symbol in the xth chunk according to the parameter configured by the network device.
  • the terminal device is configured to indicate an offset parameter and/or an interval parameter according to configuration information sent by the receiving network device, where the offset parameter is used to indicate a symbol and a PTRS of the first PTRS.
  • the first (modulated) intersymbol (modulation) symbol number on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol, the interval parameter can be used to indicate the number of (modulated) symbols between two consecutive PTRS chunks (which can include PTRS symbols).
  • the function or mapping relationship is introduced to determine the time domain location of the chunks.
  • the following description will be made according to the different situations indicated by the configuration information.
  • Example 1 The network device or the terminal device determines the time domain resource location of the chunk according to the following calculation manner:
  • the network device or the terminal device may perform calculation according to the configuration information.
  • x, l respectively represent the position of the 1st PTRS symbol in the xth chunk, and the number X of chunks in a DFT-s-OFDM symbol and/or the number of PTRS symbols contained in a chunk, if x and l When counting from 0, the value range of x is 0 ⁇ x ⁇ X-1, and the value range of l is 0 ⁇ l ⁇ L-1.
  • N is the number of all (modulated) symbols of the DFT-s-OFDM symbol before the DFT, where N' represents the first symbol and the first chunk between any two adjacent chunks.
  • the interval between the first symbols of the two chunks can also be understood as the interval between the 1st symbol of the first chunk and the 1st symbol of the second chunk.
  • the N, the X and the L are parameters configured by the network device, and may also be a predefined value, and may also be indicated by an MCS or a scheduling bandwidth, such as N by Downlink Control Information (DCI).
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the network device is determined by configuring the offset parameter ⁇ t (refer to the illustration of Fig. 16).
  • the offset parameter ⁇ t (refer to the illustration of Fig. 16).
  • RRC or MAC-CE or DCI uses two bits to indicate its offset specific configuration, 00 indicates configuration 0, 01 indicates configuration 1, and 10 indicates configuration 2.
  • the value of the configuration ⁇ t may be at least one of three types as follows:
  • ⁇ t when the configuration value in the table is 0, ⁇ t can directly take a value of 0, and when configured as 1, it can be directly taken.
  • the value of ⁇ t may be at least one of three of the following tables:
  • the rounding symbol in the above table may be a rounding calculation method that retains an integer number of digits. That is, when configured as 0, ⁇ t takes a value of 0, and when configured as 1, the value of ⁇ t is The value is rounded up to preserve the integer number of digits. When configured as 2, the value of ⁇ t is the value of N'-L and the rounding of the integer bits is performed.
  • configuration 0 indicates no offset, or the offset of the PTRS block at the head or front end of each interval interval
  • configuration 1 Indicates the offset required for the PTRS block to be in the middle of the equalization gap
  • Configuration 2 represents the offset required for the PTRS block to be at the tail or back end of each equally spaced gap.
  • the equal division gap may be to divide one DFT-S-OFDM symbol into several blocks. If it is not possible to divide in some cases, the number of divided multiple blocks is processed in accordance with the upper/lower rounding according to certain rules.
  • the length of DFT-S-OFDM has 96 modulation symbols QAM. If two PTRS chunks are configured, then 0-47 is the first halving gap and 48-95 is the second halving gap. If there are 94 modulation symbols and 3 equal division gaps, then 0-30 is the first halving gap, 31-61 is the second halving gap, and 62-93 is the third halving gap; It can be 0-31 for an equal division gap, 32-63 for an equal division gap, and 64-93 for an equal division gap.
  • the above configuration number is only an example, that is, the configuration number can also achieve more or less configurations by increasing or decreasing the number of rows in the above table, and the offsets corresponding to the different configurations are only examples, that is, each The specific offset corresponding to the configuration can also be other values, and the offset can be directly configured.
  • different configurations may be associated with other parameters to implicitly indicate.
  • the ⁇ t is associated with the MCS, and the terminal device can determine different configuration values according to different MCS values. Different configurations can also be a combination of different parameters.
  • the specific value or configuration of ⁇ t may be determined by at least one of MCS, BW, phase noise model, channel state, number of PTRS blocks, and the like.
  • the offset may be configuration 1, the length of the extrapolation is reduced, and the estimation accuracy is increased; if the MCS is smaller and/or the BW is narrower and/or Or when the number of PTRS blocks is small, the offset can be configured to 0, and the phase noise estimation value can be obtained faster, reducing the delay.
  • a set of values or a set of settings of ⁇ t may be configured by RRC or higher layer signaling or by a predefined or default, and the current offset configuration is further configured by the DCI based on the set of values or the set of configurations.
  • a set of values or a set of settings of ⁇ t may be configured by RRC or by a predefined or default, and the MAC-CE further configures the current offset configuration based on the set of values or the set of configurations.
  • the network device and/or the base station notifies, by default, or defaults, a set of values or a set of configurations of ⁇ t, where the signaling includes at least RRC, MAC-CE, and DCI.
  • the current offset configuration is implicitly determined by at least one of MCS, BW, phase noise model, channel state, number of PTRS blocks, and the like.
  • Example 2 The network device or the terminal device determines the time domain resource location of the chunk according to the following calculation manner:
  • the network device or the terminal device can perform calculation according to the above manner.
  • the configuration information may include first configuration information and/or second configuration information, the first configuration information includes ⁇ t, and the second configuration information includes the N′.
  • the configuration manner is specifically: when the configuration information includes the offset parameter ⁇ t, and further includes the interval parameter N′, the network device or the terminal device determines the xth
  • the location of the first PTRS symbol in the chunk may be determined according to the configuration information.
  • the interval parameter N′ can be configured in three ways: configured as And configured as And configured as 12 ⁇ N step , where Nstep represents the density of the PTRS chunks within the DFT-s-OFDM symbol, indicating that there is one PTRS block per 12 ⁇ N step samples.
  • Nstep represents the density of the PTRS chunks within the DFT-s-OFDM symbol, indicating that there is one PTRS block per 12 ⁇ N step samples.
  • ⁇ t there are three configurations of ⁇ t; the ⁇ t can be at least one of the three values in the example one:
  • the configuration 0 of the ⁇ t in the above table, the lower rounding symbol in the configuration 1 and the configuration 2 may also be an up-round symbol, and the ⁇ t may be at least one of the three values in the example 1. :
  • an algorithm that preserves an integer number of digits rounding off the expression in the integer number may be another configuration of the example.
  • the configuration information may only include the interval parameter and the interval parameter in the interval parameter.
  • the offset parameter ⁇ t may not be configured.
  • the configuration ⁇ t is one of the above configuration 0, configuration 1 or configuration 2.
  • N' the interval between every two chunks is N'.
  • the uniform distribution may also be a combination of each of the two chunks of N', N'+1, N'-1 or one of them.
  • the manner of evenly distributing may also be that the interval between the first n or the last n chunks is N'. For example, there are 0-95, a total of 96 modulation symbols, and the size of the chunk is 2, there are 4 chunks, then the position of the PTRS can be 0, 1, 31, 32, 62, 63, 94, 95. Among them, 94 and 95 are the position or position number or position index fixed at the last chunk. It should be understood that in the above examples only the manner in which the PTRS is distributed in the modulation symbols is described. The network device and the user equipment can directly predefine the modulation symbols and chunks in the corresponding configuration.
  • the calculation method of configuration 0 in the table may take a value of 0 directly.
  • the N step may be configured by signaling, including at least one of RRC, MAC-CE, and DCI; in an optional embodiment, The N step may be implicitly indicated by the scheduling bandwidth or the RB number or the MCS.
  • the ⁇ t may be at least one of three values in the example one:
  • the configuration 0 of the ⁇ t in the above table, the lower rounding symbol in the configuration 1 and the configuration 2 may also be an up-round symbol, and the ⁇ t may be at least one of the three values in the example 1. :
  • the algorithm of retaining integer digits rounding off the formula in the whole number that is, replacing the integer number with the rounding algorithm, or other configuration manners of the example one.
  • the value of ⁇ t may be the following set:
  • the element in the middle can also be a subset element of A, such as a number that is an integer multiple of 12 in A.
  • the value of N' can be configured by signaling, such as higher layer signaling, physical layer signaling, and the like. Specifically, it may also be signaling such as RRC, MAC-CE or DCI.
  • the configuration of N' is configured by 1 bit by the MAC-CE or the DCI
  • the configuration set of the predefined or pre-configured or RRC configuration N' is DCI is represented by 1 bit 0
  • Bit 1 represents Can also be represented by bit 1 Bit 0 represents
  • the value or configuration of N' may also be indicated in conjunction with the configuration of ⁇ t.
  • the configuration information indicating that the offset parameter ⁇ t and/or the interval parameter N' may be at least one of the following:
  • An optional embodiment further includes an S1102, where the terminal device determines a resource location of the chunk according to the configuration information.
  • the resource location is a time domain location.
  • the resource location is a frequency domain location, and at this time, all DFT-s-OFDM symbols can be understood as OFDM symbols.
  • the resource location is a time domain location and a frequency domain location.
  • the network device may further determine configuration information. The network device and/or the terminal device can meet the requirements of the scenario and improve performance by configuring the time domain location of the chunks.
  • Figure 12 illustrates yet another embodiment of the apparatus of the present invention.
  • the apparatus may be a network device.
  • the apparatus may be a base station.
  • the apparatus includes a determining unit 1201 for performing the steps described in S1101, and further comprising a transmitting unit 1202, configured to perform the step of transmitting configuration information to the terminal according to S1101.
  • the determining unit and the transmitting unit may perform, but are not limited to, performing the various embodiments illustrated in FIG.
  • FIG. 13 shows still another embodiment of the apparatus of the present invention.
  • the apparatus may be a terminal device, and the terminal apparatus includes: a receiving unit 1301, configured to perform the step of receiving the configuration information as described in S1101.
  • the determining unit 1302 is configured to perform the function of determining, according to the configuration information, the resource location of the chunk according to S1102.
  • the determining unit and the receiving unit may perform, but are not limited to, performing the various embodiments illustrated in FIG.
  • Figure 14 shows a further embodiment of the apparatus of the present invention, which may be a network device.
  • the device may be a base station.
  • the apparatus includes a processor 1401 for performing the steps of S1101, and a transmitter 1402 for performing the step of transmitting configuration information to the terminal as described in S1101.
  • the determining unit and the transmitting unit may perform, but are not limited to, performing the various embodiments illustrated in FIG.
  • Fig. 15 shows still another embodiment of the apparatus of the present invention.
  • the apparatus may be a terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a receiver 1501 that performs the step of receiving the configuration information as described in S1101.
  • the processor 1502 is configured to perform the function of determining a resource location of the chunk according to the configuration information, as described in S1502.
  • the determining unit and the receiving unit may perform, but are not limited to, performing the various embodiments illustrated in FIG.
  • the chip When the device of FIGS. 12 to 15 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit and a communication interface;
  • the processing unit is a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the above embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • a software program it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer program instructions When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device that includes one or more servers, data centers, etc. that can be integrated with the media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a Solid State Disk (SSD)) or the like.
  • a magnetic medium eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium eg, a DVD
  • a semiconductor medium such as a Solid State Disk (SSD)
  • the embodiment of the invention further provides a chip, the chip comprising a communication interface and a processor, the processor is configured to control the communication interface to receive or send a signal, and is used for processing a signal received by the communication interface or generating a signal to be sent by the communication interface.
  • the processor is configured to perform the process or the step of the terminal side in the PTRS processing method 300 provided by the foregoing method embodiment; or
  • the processor is configured to perform the process or the step of the terminal side in the PTRS processing method 300 provided by the foregoing method embodiment; or
  • the processor is configured to perform the process or step on the network device side in the PTRS processing method 300 provided by the foregoing method embodiment; or
  • the processor is configured to perform the process or the step of the terminal side in the PTRS processing method 600 provided by the foregoing method embodiment; or
  • the processor is configured to perform the process or step on the network device side in the PTRS processing method 600 provided by the foregoing method embodiment; or
  • the processor is configured to perform the process or the step of the terminal side in the PTRS processing method 700 provided by the foregoing method embodiment; or
  • the processor is configured to perform the process or step on the network device side in the PTRS processing method 700 provided by the foregoing method embodiment; or
  • the processor is configured to perform the process or step on the terminal side in the PTRS processing method 800 provided by the foregoing method embodiment; or
  • the processor is configured to perform the process or step on the network device side in the PTRS processing method 800 provided by the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the chip further includes a storage module, where the storage module stores instructions.
  • the processing module performs related operations by reading instructions stored by the storage module, and controls the communication interface to perform related transceiving operations.
  • the size of the serial numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product.
  • the technical solution of the present application which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including
  • the instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a PTRS processing method and apparatus. The method comprises: a terminal receiving first indication information and second indication information from a network device, wherein the first indication information is used for indicating a time domain location where the terminal sends a PTRS, and the second indication information is used for indicating an offset of an initial time domain location where the terminal maps the PTRS; according to the first indication information and the second indication information, the terminal mapping the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols; and the terminal sending the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols. By means of carrying out DFT-S-OFDM symbol level offsetting on a PTRS mapped to a DFT-S-OFDM symbol, the PTRS between terminals can be prevented from colliding to some extent, thus being capable of improving the phase tracking precision.

Description

相位跟踪参考信号处理方法与装置Phase tracking reference signal processing method and device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种相位跟踪参考信号(Phase Tracking Reference Signal,PTRS)处理方法与装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a Phase Tracking Reference Signal (PTRS) processing method and apparatus.
背景技术Background technique
在现有的无线通信网络(如2G、3G和4G网络)中,通信系统的工作频段都在6GHz以下的频率范围中,但在这个频率范围内可用的工作频段越来越少,无法满足日益增长的通信需求。在6GHz以上的频率范围内有大量未充分利用的频段。因此,业界正在研究和开发工作频段在6GHz以上的下一代无线通信网络(如5G网络),以提供超高速的数据通信业务。In existing wireless communication networks (such as 2G, 3G, and 4G networks), the operating frequency bands of communication systems are all in the frequency range below 6 GHz, but the available operating frequency bands are less and less in this frequency range, which cannot meet the increasing Increased communication needs. There are a large number of underutilized frequency bands in the frequency range above 6 GHz. Therefore, the industry is researching and developing next-generation wireless communication networks (such as 5G networks) with operating bands above 6 GHz to provide ultra-high-speed data communication services.
在6GHz以上的频率范围内,可用于下一代无线通信网络的频段包括但不限于28GHz、39GHz、60GHz、73GHz等处的频段。因其工作频段在6GHz以上,下一代无线通信网络具有高频通信系统的显著特点,例如大带宽和高集成天线阵列,从而容易实现到较高的吞吐量。然而,相对现有的无线通信网络,工作在6GHz以上范围的下一代无线通信网络将遭受更加严重的中射频失真,尤其是相位噪声(Phase Noise,PHN)带来的影响。另外,多普勒效应和中心频率偏移(Central Frequency Offset,CFO)对高频通信系统性能带来的影响也会随着频段所处位置的变高而加剧。相位噪声、多普勒效应和CFO的一个共同特点是给高频通信系统的数据接收引入相位误差,导致高频通信系统的性能下降甚至无法工作。In the frequency range above 6 GHz, the frequency bands available for the next generation wireless communication network include, but are not limited to, the frequency bands at 28 GHz, 39 GHz, 60 GHz, 73 GHz, and the like. Because of its operating frequency band above 6 GHz, next-generation wireless communication networks have significant features of high-frequency communication systems, such as large bandwidth and highly integrated antenna arrays, making it easy to achieve higher throughput. However, compared with existing wireless communication networks, next-generation wireless communication networks operating in the range above 6 GHz will suffer from more severe medium-frequency distortion, especially the effects of phase noise (PHN). In addition, the effects of the Doppler effect and the Central Frequency Offset (CFO) on the performance of the HF communication system will also increase as the location of the frequency band becomes higher. A common feature of phase noise, Doppler effect, and CFO is the introduction of phase errors into the data reception of high frequency communication systems, resulting in degraded or inoperable performance of high frequency communication systems.
以相位噪声为例,随着频段的增加,相位噪声水平以20*log(f1/f2)的水平恶化。例如,28G频段的相位噪声水平比2G频段的相位噪声水平高23dB。相位噪声水平越高,对公共相位误差(Common Phase Error,CPE)影响越大。Taking phase noise as an example, as the frequency band increases, the phase noise level deteriorates at a level of 20*log(f1/f2). For example, the phase noise level of the 28G band is 23 dB higher than the phase noise level of the 2G band. The higher the phase noise level, the greater the impact on the Common Phase Error (CPE).
为了解决相位误差的技术问题,新一代无线通信系统在上行中采用正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)与离散傅里叶变换扩频的正交频分复用(Discrete Fourier Transform-Spread Spectrum-Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,DFT-S-OFDM)两种波形进行传输,且在这两种波形中均设计相位跟踪参考信号(Phase Tracking Reference Signal,PTRS)。In order to solve the technical problem of phase error, the new generation wireless communication system adopts orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) and discrete Fourier transform spread spectrum orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (Discrete Fourier Transform) in the uplink. -Spread Spectrum-Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, DFT-S-OFDM) Two waveforms are transmitted, and Phase Tracking Reference Signal (PTRS) is designed in both waveforms.
现有技术提供的一种DFT-s-OFDM波形的PTRS设计方案如图1所示。PTRS被映射在DFT-s-OFDM符号中调制符号进行离散傅里叶变换(Discrete Fourier Transform,DFT)之前的时域。通常,映射在同一个DFT-s-OFDM符号中的M个连续的PTRS称为一个块(Chunk),例如在图1所示的DFT-s-OFDM符号中,2个连续的PTRS称为一个Chunk,这个DFT-s-OFDM符号中包含4个Chunk。A PTRS design scheme of a DFT-s-OFDM waveform provided by the prior art is shown in FIG. The PTRS is mapped in the time domain before the modulation symbols are subjected to Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) in the DFT-s-OFDM symbol. In general, M consecutive PTRSs mapped in the same DFT-s-OFDM symbol are called a Chunk. For example, in the DFT-s-OFDM symbol shown in FIG. 1, two consecutive PTRSs are called one. Chunk, this DFT-s-OFDM symbol contains 4 Chunk.
当同一小区的多个DFT-s-OFDM用户组成多用户多入多出(Multi-User Multiple-Input Multiple-Output,MU-MIMO)技术中的多用户时,这些DFT-s-OFDM用户发送的DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS在时域上可能重叠,虽然PTRS能够在MIMO检测后补偿相位,然而残余的干扰仍然可能影响PTRS估计性能,从而降低相位噪声跟踪性能,这 种现象为用户间PTRS发生碰撞。同样,不同小区的多个DFT-s-OFDM用户在相同的时频资源传输DFT-s-OFDM符号时,也可能出现用户间PTRS发生碰撞。When multiple DFT-s-OFDM users in the same cell form multiple users in the Multi-User Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MU-MIMO) technology, these DFT-s-OFDM users send PTRSs mapped on DFT-s-OFDM symbols may overlap in the time domain. Although PTRS can compensate phase after MIMO detection, residual interference may still affect PTRS estimation performance, thus reducing phase noise tracking performance. This phenomenon is for users. The PTRS collides. Similarly, when multiple DFT-s-OFDM users of different cells transmit DFT-s-OFDM symbols on the same time-frequency resource, collisions between PTRSs between users may occur.
目前,尚无可以解决用户间PTRS发生碰撞的方案。At present, there is no solution to the collision of PTRS between users.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种PTRS处理方法与装置,能够有效避免用户间PTRS发生碰撞。The present application provides a PTRS processing method and apparatus, which can effectively avoid collision of PTRS between users.
第一方面,提供一种PTRS处理方法,包括:接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示发送PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示映射所述PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量;根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上;输出所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。The first aspect provides a PTRS processing method, including: receiving first indication information and second indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending a PTRS, and the second indication information Determining an offset of an initial time domain location of the PTRS; mapping the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information; The one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols are output.
其中,本申请中的PTRS的时域位置可以理解为该PTRS在时域上,映射到哪些OFDM符号上。The time domain location of the PTRS in this application can be understood as the OFDM symbols mapped to the OFDM symbol in the time domain.
第二方面,提供一种PTRS处理方法,包括:网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端映射所述PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量;所述网络设备接收所述终端发送的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号,所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射有所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息进行映射的PTRS。The second aspect provides a PTRS processing method, including: the network device sends first indication information and second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, where the The second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain location of the PTRS; the network device receives one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols sent by the terminal, the one or more A PTRS on which the terminal maps according to the first indication information and the second indication information is mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol.
在第一方面或第二方面提供的方案中,依据PTRS的时域位置,以及映射PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量,将PTRS映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上,这样能够在一定程度上避免不同终端的DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS的时域重叠的问题,从而可以克服不同用户间PTRS碰撞的问题。In the solution provided by the first aspect or the second aspect, the PTRS is mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain location of the PTRS and the offset of the initial time domain location of the mapped PTRS, so that the PTRS can be mapped to a certain extent. The problem of time domain overlap of PTRS mapped on DFT-S-OFDM symbols of different terminals is avoided, so that the problem of PTRS collision between different users can be overcome.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端映射所述PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量,具体包括:所述第二指示信息用于指示映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个DFT-S-OFDM符号的偏移量。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation, the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes: The second indication information is used to indicate an offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol.
该第一个DFT-S-OFDM符号指的是,映射有PTRS的子帧中的第一个DFT-S-OFDM符号,该子帧包括该一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。The first DFT-S-OFDM symbol refers to a first DFT-S-OFDM symbol in a subframe to which a PTRS is mapped, the subframe including the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
在本申请中,通过对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号的PTRS进行DFT-S-OFDM符号级偏移,在一定程度上,可以避免终端之间的PTRS发生碰撞,从而可以提高相位的跟踪精度。In the present application, by performing DFT-S-OFDM symbol level offset on the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol, to some extent, collision of PTRS between terminals can be avoided, thereby improving phase tracking accuracy. .
结合第一方面或第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端映射所述PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量,具体包括:所述第二指示信息用于指示映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个映射有PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM符号的第一个调制符号的偏移量。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation, the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes: The second indication information is used to indicate an offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first modulation symbol of the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS.
具体地,第一个映射有PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM符号指的是,包括该一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号的子帧中,首个映射有PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM符号。每个DFT-S-OFDM符号包括多个调制符号。Specifically, the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS refers to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol with PTRS mapped in the subframe including the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols. Each DFT-S-OFDM symbol includes a plurality of modulation symbols.
在本申请中,通过对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号的PTRS进行调制符号级偏移,在一定程度上,可以避免终端之间的PTRS发生碰撞,从而可以提高相位的跟踪精度。In the present application, by performing modulation symbol level offset on the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol, to some extent, collision of the PTRS between the terminals can be avoided, thereby improving the tracking accuracy of the phase.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息为下列信息 中的至少一种:所述终端的解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS)端口号、所述终端的PTRS端口号、所述终端的小区标识(Identity,ID)。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) port number of the terminal The PTRS port number of the terminal and the cell identifier (Identity, ID) of the terminal.
可选地,在同小区的场景中,该第二指示信息可以为该终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号和/或该终端的PTRS端口号。Optionally, in the scenario of the same cell, the second indication information may be a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal and/or a PTRS port number of the terminal.
应理解,对于同一小区内的终端,各自的DMRS端口号互不相同,各自的PTRS端口号也互不相同,因此根据不同终端的DMRS端口号得到的PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量也不同,或者,根据不同终端的PTRS端口号得到的PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量也不同。It should be understood that, for terminals in the same cell, the respective DMRS port numbers are different from each other, and the respective PTRS port numbers are also different from each other. Therefore, the offset of the initial time domain position of the PTRS obtained according to the DMRS port number of different terminals is also Different, or the offset of the initial time domain position of the PTRS obtained according to the PTRS port number of different terminals is also different.
可选地,在不同小区的场景中,该第二指示信息可以为该终端的小区ID。Optionally, in a scenario of a different cell, the second indication information may be a cell ID of the terminal.
应理解,对于不同小区的终端,其所在小区的小区ID互不相同,因此根据不同终端的小区ID得到的PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量不同。It should be understood that, for terminals of different cells, the cell IDs of the cells in which they are located are different from each other, and therefore the offsets of the initial time domain positions of the PTRSs obtained according to the cell IDs of different terminals are different.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述PTRS处理方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the PTRS processing method further includes:
网络设备向终端发送DMRS端口号与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息;或The network device sends, to the terminal, correspondence information of the DMRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set; or
向终端发送PTRS端口号与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息;或Transmitting, to the terminal, correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set; or
向终端发送小区ID与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息。Corresponding relationship information between the cell ID and the PTRS mapping location set is sent to the terminal.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS块(Chunk)数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS块的数量。With reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used to indicate the PTRS The number of Chunk blocks, the number of PTRS blocks indicating the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
需要说明的是,在本文中,PTRS块与Chunk表达意思相同,只是两种不同表达方式而已。It should be noted that in this paper, the PTRS block has the same meaning as the Chunk expression, but only two different expressions.
可选地,在该实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
具体地,调度带宽越大,PTRS块数量越大。Specifically, the larger the scheduling bandwidth, the larger the number of PTRS blocks.
在本申请中,通过根据调度带宽确定PTRS块的数量,可以实现,DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS的数目随调度带宽增大而增加,随调度带宽的减小而减少。因此,本申请能够在大带宽场景中实现较高的相位噪声跟踪性能,在小带宽场景中也可以避免开销过大。In the present application, by determining the number of PTRS blocks according to the scheduling bandwidth, it can be realized that the number of PTRSs mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbols increases as the scheduling bandwidth increases, and decreases as the scheduling bandwidth decreases. Therefore, the present application can achieve high phase noise tracking performance in a large bandwidth scenario, and can avoid excessive overhead in a small bandwidth scenario.
结合第一方面或第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。In combination with the first aspect or the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
可选地,在该实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调制编码模式(Modulation and Coding Scheme,MCS)。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the first indication information is a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) of the terminal.
综上所述,在第一方面或第二方面提供的方案中,通过在将PTRS映射到DFT-s-OFDM符号上的过程中,对于PTRS进行时域偏移处理,在一定程度上,可以避免不同终端的DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射PTRS的时域位置彼此重叠,从而可以避免不同终端之间的PTRS碰撞,进而可以有效提高相位噪声跟踪精度。In summary, in the solution provided by the first aspect or the second aspect, by performing time domain offset processing on the PTRS in mapping the PTRS onto the DFT-s-OFDM symbol, to some extent, The time domain locations of the mapped PTRSs on the DFT-s-OFDM symbols of different terminals are prevented from overlapping each other, so that PTRS collisions between different terminals can be avoided, and the phase noise tracking accuracy can be effectively improved.
第三方面,提供一种PTRS处理方法,包括:接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示发送PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示码分复用信息,所述码分复用信息用于对映射有所述PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多 个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;发送所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。A third aspect provides a PTRS processing method, including: receiving first indication information and second indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending a PTRS, and the second indication information The code division multiplexing information is used to perform code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS; according to the first indication information And the second indication information, mapping the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and using the code division multiplexing information on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols The mapped PTRS performs code division multiplexing processing; transmitting the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
第四方面,提供一种PTRS处理方法,包括:网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示码分复用信息,所述码分复用信息用于对映射有所述PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;所述网络设备接收所述终端发送的映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号,所述映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号为经过如下操作后得到的DFT-s-OFDM符号:所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理。The fourth aspect provides a PTRS processing method, including: the network device sends first indication information and second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, where the The second indication information is used to indicate code division multiplexing information, where the code division multiplexing information is used for performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS; Receiving, by the terminal, one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with PTRS, and the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS are DFT-s-OFDM symbols obtained after the following operations Transmitting, by the terminal, the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and using the code division multiplexing information pair The PTRS mapped on one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols performs code division multiplexing processing.
在第三方面或第四方面提供的方案中,在按照网络设备所指示的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上之后,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理,能够实现不同终端的PTRS的正交化,从而可以克服不同用户间PTRS碰撞的问题,尤其能够解决同一小区中不同用户之间的PTRS碰撞。In the solution provided by the third aspect or the fourth aspect, after mapping the PTRS onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the network device, mapping to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol PTRS performs code division multiplexing processing, which can orthogonalize PTRS of different terminals, thereby overcoming the problem of PTRS collision between different users, and in particular, can solve PTRS collisions between different users in the same cell.
在第三方面或第四方面提供的方案中,所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息处理PTRS的具体过程可以为:首先,根据第一指示信息所指示的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上;然后对映射到DFT-s-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理。In a solution provided by the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the specific process for the terminal to process the PTRS according to the first indication information and the second indication information may be: first, according to the PTRS indicated by the first indication information The time domain location maps the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols; then the code division multiplexing process is performed on the PTRS mapped onto the DFT-s-OFDM symbol.
结合第三方面或第四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述码分复用信息为正交码(Orthogonal Cover Code,OCC);其中,所述利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,包括:利用所述OCC,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块的PTRS进行正交掩码处理。With reference to the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation, the code division multiplexing information is an Orthogonal Cover Code (OCC), where the using the code division multiplexing information pair Performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, including: using the OCC, mapping each PTRS mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol with PTRS mapped The PTRS of the block performs orthogonal mask processing.
可选地,在本实现方式中,该第二指示信息可以为下列信息中的至少一种:该终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、该终端的PTRS端口号或该终端的终端标识。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the second indication information may be at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, or a terminal identifier of the terminal.
应理解,对于同一小区内的终端,各自的DMRS端口号互不相同,各自的PTRS端口号也互不相同,则不同终端的DMRS/PTRS端口号对应的OCC不同。经过上述正交掩码处理后,小区内不同终端之间的PTRS满足正交化,因此,可以避免同一小区内终端之间的PTRS碰撞。It should be understood that, for terminals in the same cell, the respective DMRS port numbers are different from each other, and the respective PTRS port numbers are also different from each other, and the OCRS/PTRS port numbers of different terminals correspond to different OCCs. After the orthogonal mask processing described above, the PTRS between different terminals in the cell satisfies the orthogonalization, and therefore, the PTRS collision between the terminals in the same cell can be avoided.
可选地,在本实现方式中,该第二指示信息可以为该终端所在小区的小区ID。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the second indication information may be a cell ID of a cell where the terminal is located.
应理解,对于不同小区的小区ID互不相同,则不同小区ID对应的OCC不同。经过上述正交掩码处理后,不同小区的终端之间的PTRS满足正交化,因此,可以避免不同小区的终端之间的PTRS碰撞。It should be understood that, if the cell IDs of different cells are different from each other, the OCCs corresponding to different cell IDs are different. After the orthogonal mask processing described above, the PTRS between terminals of different cells satisfies orthogonalization, and therefore, PTRS collisions between terminals of different cells can be avoided.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述PTRS处理方法还包括:With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the PTRS processing method further includes:
网络设备向终端发送DMRS端口号与OCC的对应关系信息;或The network device sends the correspondence information between the DMRS port number and the OCC to the terminal; or
向终端发送PTRS端口号与OCC的对应关系信息;或Sending, to the terminal, correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the OCC; or
向终端发送终端ID与OCC的对应关系信息;或Sending, to the terminal, correspondence information of the terminal ID and the OCC; or
向终端发送小区ID与OCC的对应关系信息。Corresponding relationship information between the cell ID and the OCC is sent to the terminal.
结合第三方面或第四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述码分复用信息为相位旋转因子;其中,所述利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射 的PTRS进行码分复用处理,包括:利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理。With reference to the third or fourth aspect, in a possible implementation, the code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor; wherein the using the code division multiplexing information for the one or more DFTs Performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the -s-OFDM symbol, comprising: performing phase rotation processing on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the phase rotation factor .
可选地,在本实现方式中,该第二指示信息可以为下列信息中的至少一种:该终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、该终端的PTRS端口号或该终端的终端标识。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the second indication information may be at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, or a terminal identifier of the terminal.
应理解,对于同一小区内的终端,各自的DMRS端口号互不相同,各自的PTRS端口号也互不相同,则不同终端的DMRS/PTRS端口号对应的相位旋转因子不同。经过上述相位旋转处理后,小区内不同终端之间的PTRS满足正交化,因此,可以避免同一小区内终端之间的PTRS碰撞。It should be understood that, for terminals in the same cell, the respective DMRS port numbers are different from each other, and the respective PTRS port numbers are also different from each other, and the phase rotation factors corresponding to the DMRS/PTRS port numbers of different terminals are different. After the phase rotation processing described above, the PTRS between different terminals in the cell satisfies the orthogonalization, and therefore, the PTRS collision between the terminals in the same cell can be avoided.
可选地,在本实现方式中,该第二指示信息可以为该终端所在小区的小区ID。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the second indication information may be a cell ID of a cell where the terminal is located.
应理解,对于不同小区的小区ID互不相同,则不同小区ID对应的相位旋转因子不同。经过上述相位旋转处理后,不同小区的终端之间的PTRS满足正交化,因此,可以避免不同小区的终端之间的PTRS碰撞。It should be understood that, if the cell IDs of different cells are different from each other, the phase rotation factors corresponding to different cell IDs are different. After the phase rotation processing described above, the PTRS between the terminals of different cells satisfies the orthogonalization, and therefore, the PTRS collision between the terminals of different cells can be avoided.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述PTRS处理方法还包括:With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the PTRS processing method further includes:
网络设备向终端发送DMRS端口号与相位旋转因子的对应关系信息;或The network device sends the correspondence information of the DMRS port number and the phase rotation factor to the terminal; or
向终端发送PTRS端口号与相位旋转因子的对应关系信息;或Transmitting, to the terminal, correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the phase rotation factor; or
向终端发送终端ID与相位旋转因子的对应关系信息;或Transmitting, to the terminal, correspondence information of the terminal ID and the phase rotation factor; or
向终端发送小区ID与相位旋转因子的对应关系信息。Corresponding relationship information between the cell ID and the phase rotation factor is transmitted to the terminal.
结合第三方面或第四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理,包括:利用如下公式所示的相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的第(n+1)个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理:With reference to the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation, the phase rotation factor is used to perform phase rotation on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS The processing comprises: performing phase rotation processing on the (n+1)th PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using a phase rotation factor as shown in the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000001
其中,j为复数符号,N表示映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量,n=0,1,…,N-1,N1表示为所述终端分配的终端级相位旋转因子。Where j is a complex symbol, N represents the number of PTRS blocks mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS, n=0, 1, ..., N-1, N1 represents the allocation to the terminal Terminal level phase rotation factor.
结合第三方面或第四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送所述PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量。With reference to the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used to Indicates the number of PTRS blocks, the number of PTRS blocks indicating the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
在本实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽。In this implementation manner, the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
具体地,调度带宽越大,PTRS块数量越大。Specifically, the larger the scheduling bandwidth, the larger the number of PTRS blocks.
在本申请中,通过根据调度带宽确定PTRS块的数量,可以实现,DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS的数目随调度带宽增大而增加,随调度带宽的减小而减少。因此,本申请能够在大带宽场景中实现较高的相位噪声跟踪性能,在小带宽场景中也可以避免开销过大。In the present application, by determining the number of PTRS blocks according to the scheduling bandwidth, it can be realized that the number of PTRSs mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbols increases as the scheduling bandwidth increases, and decreases as the scheduling bandwidth decreases. Therefore, the present application can achieve high phase noise tracking performance in a large bandwidth scenario, and can avoid excessive overhead in a small bandwidth scenario.
结合第三方面或第四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送所述PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。With reference to the third aspect or the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used to Indicates the time domain density of the PTRS.
在本实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的MCS。In this implementation manner, the first indication information is an MCS of the terminal.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述PTRS处理方法还包括:所述终端根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列;其中,在所述终端发送所述一 个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号之前,所述PTRS处理方法还包括:所述终端利用所述伪随机序列对所述映射到所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的、且进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the PTRS processing method further includes: the terminal obtaining a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located; wherein, the terminal sends the Before the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, the PTRS processing method further includes: the terminal using the pseudo random sequence to map the mapping to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, The PTRS subjected to the code division multiplexing process is subjected to scrambling processing.
具体地,首先,根据第一指示信息所指示的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上;然后利用码分复用信息,对DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;最后利用伪随机序列,对经过码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理。Specifically, first, mapping the PTRS to one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information; and then using the code division multiplexing information to the DFT-s-OFDM symbol The mapped PTRS performs code division multiplexing processing; finally, the PTRS subjected to code division multiplexing processing is scrambled by using a pseudo random sequence.
在本申请中,在按照网络设备所指示的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上之后,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理与伪随机序列加扰处理,可以同时克服同一小区内的终端之间的PTRS碰撞问题与不同小区的终端之间的PTRS碰撞问题。In the present application, after mapping the PTRS onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the network device, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol and The pseudo random sequence scrambling process can simultaneously overcome the PTRS collision problem between terminals in the same cell and the PTRS collision problem between terminals in different cells.
可选地,作为一种实现方式,所述终端只根据所述终端所在小区的小区标识,获得小区级伪随机序列。Optionally, as an implementation manner, the terminal obtains a cell-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located.
可选地,作为另一种实现方式,所述终端根据所述终端所在小区的小区标识与该终端的终端标识,获得终端级伪随机序列。Optionally, as another implementation manner, the terminal obtains a terminal-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
例如,该终端的终端标识为该终端的无无线网络临时标识(Radio Network Temporary Identity,RNTI)。For example, the terminal identifier of the terminal is a Radio Network Temporary Identity (RNTI) of the terminal.
可选地,作为另一种实现方式,所述伪随机序列还可以复用所述终端已有的序列。Optionally, as another implementation manner, the pseudo random sequence may further multiplex the sequence existing by the terminal.
例如,在LTE中,每个终端均根据RNTI和小区ID生成扰码序列,记为a(n),然后利用该扰码序列,对编码后、调制前的比特进行加扰。在本申请,可以直接将该扰码序列a(n)作为所述伪随机序列。For example, in LTE, each terminal generates a scrambling code sequence according to the RNTI and the cell ID, denoted as a(n), and then uses the scrambling code sequence to scramble the encoded and pre-modulated bits. In the present application, the scrambling code sequence a(n) can be directly used as the pseudo-random sequence.
具体地,所述伪随机序列可以为下列序列中的任一种:gold序列、m序列与ZC序列。Specifically, the pseudo-random sequence may be any of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述终端利用所述伪随机序列对所述映射到所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的、且进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理,包括:所述终端在所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the terminal uses the pseudo random sequence to map the image to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols and perform code The multiplexed PTRS performs scrambling processing, including: the terminal multiplying the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS after performing the code division multiplexing process.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号为经过如下操作后得到的DFT-s-OFDM符号,其中,所述操作具体包括:所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,并利用根据所述终端所在小区的小区标识得到的伪随机序列,对所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS are DFT-s-OFDM symbols obtained by the following operations, where The operation specifically includes: the terminal mapping the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and using the code to recover Performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols with information, and performing code division on the pseudo-random sequence obtained according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located The PTRS after multiplexing processing is subjected to scrambling processing.
在本申请中,在按照网络设备所指示的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上之后,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理与伪随机序列加扰处理,可以同时克服同一小区内的终端之间的PTRS碰撞问题与不同小区的终端之间的PTRS碰撞问题。In the present application, after mapping the PTRS onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the network device, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol and The pseudo random sequence scrambling process can simultaneously overcome the PTRS collision problem between terminals in the same cell and the PTRS collision problem between terminals in different cells.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述伪随机序列是根据所述小区标识确定的小区级伪随机序列;或所述伪随机序列是根据所述小区标识与所述终端的终端标识确定的终端级伪随机序列。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the pseudo random sequence is a cell level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identifier; or the pseudo random sequence is according to the cell identifier and The terminal identifier of the terminal identifies a terminal-level pseudo-random sequence.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述利用根据所述终端所在小区的小区标识得到的伪随机序列,对所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理,包括:在所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the using the pseudo-random sequence obtained according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located, adding the PTRS after performing code division multiplexing processing The scrambling process includes: multiplying the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS after performing the code division multiplexing process.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述伪随机序列可以为下列序列中的任一种:gold序列、m序列与ZC序列。In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
因此,在第三方面或第四方面提供的方案中,在按照网络设备所指示的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上之后,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理与伪随机序列加扰处理,可以同时克服同一小区内的终端之间的PTRS碰撞问题与不同小区的终端之间的PTRS碰撞问题。Therefore, in the solution provided by the third aspect or the fourth aspect, after mapping the PTRS onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the network device, mapping to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol The PTRS on the PTRS performs code division multiplexing processing and pseudo-random sequence scrambling processing, and can simultaneously overcome the PTRS collision problem between terminals in the same cell and the PTRS collision problem between terminals in different cells.
第五方面,提供一种PTRS处理方法,包括:接收来自网络设备的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示发送PTRS的时域位置;根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列;根据所述指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用所述伪随机序列对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行加扰处理;发送所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号。A fifth aspect provides a PTRS processing method, including: receiving indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending a PTRS; and obtaining a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located; Indicating information, mapping the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and scrambling the mapped PTRS on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the pseudo random sequence Processing; transmitting the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols.
第六方面,提供一种PTRS处理方法,包括:网络设备向终端发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置;所述网络设备接收所述终端发送的映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号,所述映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号指的是经过如下操作的DFT-S-OFDM符号:所述终端根据所述指示信息,将PTRS映射到所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用根据所述终端所在小区的小区标识获得的伪随机序列对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行加扰。The sixth aspect provides a PTRS processing method, including: the network device sends the indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the time domain location of the PTRS; and the network device receives the mapping sent by the terminal. One or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the PTRS, the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS refer to DFT-S-OFDM symbols that operate according to the indication Transmitting, to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and using a pseudo-random sequence obtained according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the terminal is located, on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols The mapped PTRS is scrambled.
在第五方面或第六方面提供的方案中,根据终端所在小区的小区标识确定伪随机序列,然后利用该伪随机序列,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行加扰处理。由于不同小区标识对应的伪随机序列不同,因此,经过上述处理过程,不同小区的终端的DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS能够维持干扰随机化。例如,在接收端设备处,来自临近小区的DFT-S-OFDM用户发送的DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS表现为随机序列,从而可达到干扰随机化的目的,从而可以避免不同小区的用户间PTRS碰撞的问题。In the solution provided by the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, the pseudo random sequence is determined according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located, and then the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled by using the pseudo random sequence. Since the pseudo-random sequences corresponding to different cell identifiers are different, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminals of different cells can maintain interference randomization through the above processing. For example, at the receiving end device, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol sent by the DFT-S-OFDM user from the neighboring cell appears as a random sequence, so that the purpose of interference randomization can be achieved, thereby avoiding the different cells. The problem of PTRS collision between users.
结合第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述伪随机序列是所述终端根据所述小区标识确定的终端级伪随机序列。With reference to the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the pseudo random sequence is a terminal level pseudo random sequence determined by the terminal according to the cell identifier.
结合第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述伪随机序列是所述终端根据所述小区标识与所述终端的终端标识确定的小区级伪随机序列。With reference to the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the pseudo random sequence is a cell-level pseudo-random sequence determined by the terminal according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
例如,该终端的终端标识为该终端的无无线网络临时标识(Radio Network Temporary Identity,RNTI)。For example, the terminal identifier of the terminal is a Radio Network Temporary Identity (RNTI) of the terminal.
在本实现方式中,利用终端级伪随机序列,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行加扰处理,因此,该实现方式可以实现小区内的终端之间的PTRS的干扰随机化。In this implementation manner, the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled by using the terminal-level pseudo-random sequence. Therefore, the implementation manner can implement interference randomization of PTRS between terminals in the cell.
结合第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述伪随机序列还可以复用所述终端已有的序列。With reference to the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the pseudo random sequence may further multiplex the sequence existing by the terminal.
例如,在LTE中,每个终端均根据RNTI和小区ID生成扰码序列,记为a(n),然后利用该扰码序列,对编码后、调制前的比特进行加扰。在本申请,可以直接将该扰码序列a(n)作为所述伪随机序列。For example, in LTE, each terminal generates a scrambling code sequence according to the RNTI and the cell ID, denoted as a(n), and then uses the scrambling code sequence to scramble the encoded and pre-modulated bits. In the present application, the scrambling code sequence a(n) can be directly used as the pseudo-random sequence.
具体地,所述伪随机序列可以为下列序列中的任一种:gold序列、m序列与ZC序列。Specifically, the pseudo-random sequence may be any of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
结合第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述利用所述伪随机序列对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行加扰,包括:在所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。With reference to the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible implementation, the scrambling the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the pseudo random sequence includes: Multiplying the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by the pseudo-random sequence.
结合第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息用于指示终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量。With reference to the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible implementation, the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the indication information is used to indicate the number of PTRS blocks, and the PTRS The number of blocks represents the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
在本实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽。In this implementation manner, the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
具体地,调度带宽越大,PTRS块数量越大。Specifically, the larger the scheduling bandwidth, the larger the number of PTRS blocks.
在本申请中,通过根据调度带宽确定PTRS块的数量,可以实现,DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS的数目随调度带宽增大而增加,随调度带宽的减小而减少。因此,本申请能够在大带宽场景中实现较高的相位噪声跟踪性能,在小带宽场景中也可以避免开销过大。In the present application, by determining the number of PTRS blocks according to the scheduling bandwidth, it can be realized that the number of PTRSs mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbols increases as the scheduling bandwidth increases, and decreases as the scheduling bandwidth decreases. Therefore, the present application can achieve high phase noise tracking performance in a large bandwidth scenario, and can avoid excessive overhead in a small bandwidth scenario.
结合第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息用于指示终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。With reference to the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible implementation, the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
在本实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的MCS。In this implementation manner, the first indication information is an MCS of the terminal.
因此,在第五方面或第六方面提供的方案中,根据终端所在小区的小区标识确定伪随机序列,然后利用该伪随机序列,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行加扰处理。由于不同小区标识对应的伪随机序列不同,因此,经过上述处理过程,不同小区的终端的DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS能够维持干扰随机化。例如,在接收端设备处,来自临近小区的DFT-S-OFDM用户发送的DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS表现为随机序列,从而可达到干扰随机化的目的,从而可以避免不同小区的用户间PTRS碰撞的问题。Therefore, in the solution provided by the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, the pseudo random sequence is determined according to the cell identity of the cell where the terminal is located, and then the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled by using the pseudo random sequence. . Since the pseudo-random sequences corresponding to different cell identifiers are different, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminals of different cells can maintain interference randomization through the above processing. For example, at the receiving end device, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol sent by the DFT-S-OFDM user from the neighboring cell appears as a random sequence, so that the purpose of interference randomization can be achieved, thereby avoiding the different cells. The problem of PTRS collision between users.
第七方面,提供一种装置,包括:In a seventh aspect, an apparatus is provided, comprising:
接收单元,用于接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示发送PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示映射所述PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量;a receiving unit, configured to receive first indication information and second indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending a PTRS, where the second indication information is used to indicate mapping of the PTRS The offset of the initial time domain location;
处理单元,用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上;a processing unit, configured to map the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information received by the receiving unit;
发送单元,用于输出所述处理单元得到的所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。And a sending unit, configured to output the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols obtained by the processing unit.
所述装置可以是终端设备也可以是芯片。The device may be a terminal device or a chip.
第八方面,提供一种装置,包括:In an eighth aspect, an apparatus is provided, comprising:
发送单元,用于向终端发送第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端映射所述PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量;a sending unit, configured to send the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate the terminal mapping An offset of an initial time domain position of the PTRS;
接收单元,用于接收所述终端发送的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号,所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射有所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息进行映射的PTRS。a receiving unit, configured to receive one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols sent by the terminal, where the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols are mapped with the terminal according to the first indication information and The second indication information is mapped to the PTRS.
所述装置可以是网络设备也可以是芯片。The device may be a network device or a chip.
在第七方面或第八方面提供的装置中,依据PTRS的时域位置,以及映射PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量,将PTRS映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上,这样能够在一定程度上避 免不同终端的DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS的时域重叠的问题,从而可以克服不同用户间PTRS碰撞的问题。In the apparatus provided by the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect, the PTRS is mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain position of the PTRS and the offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS, so that the PTRS can be mapped to a certain extent The problem of time domain overlap of PTRS mapped on DFT-S-OFDM symbols of different terminals is avoided, so that the problem of PTRS collision between different users can be overcome.
结合第七方面或第八方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端映射所述PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量,具体包括:所述第二指示信息用于指示映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个DFT-S-OFDM符号的偏移量。With reference to the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation, the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain position of the PTRS, and specifically includes: The second indication information is used to indicate an offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol.
结合第七方面或第八方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端映射所述PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量,具体包括:所述第二指示信息用于指示映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个映射有PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM符号的第一个调制符号的偏移量。With reference to the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation, the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain position of the PTRS, and specifically includes: The second indication information is used to indicate an offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first modulation symbol of the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS.
结合第七方面或第八方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息为下列信息中的至少一种:所述终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、所述终端的PTRS端口号、所述终端的小区标识。With reference to the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, and a PTRS of the terminal Port number, cell identifier of the terminal.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述发送单元还用于,向终端发送DMRS端口号与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息;或With reference to the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send, to the terminal, correspondence information of a DMRS port number and a PTRS mapping location set; or
向终端发送PTRS端口号与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息;或Transmitting, to the terminal, correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set; or
向终端发送小区ID与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息。Corresponding relationship information between the cell ID and the PTRS mapping location set is sent to the terminal.
结合第七方面或第八方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS块的数量。With reference to the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used to indicate the PTRS The number of blocks, the number of PTRS blocks indicating the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
结合第七方面或第八方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。With reference to the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used to indicate the PTRS Time domain density.
结合第七方面或第八方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽。With reference to the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
结合第七方面或第八方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调制编码模式MCS。With reference to the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
结合第七方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置为终端或者芯片。In conjunction with the seventh aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the device is a terminal or a chip.
结合第八方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置为网络设备或者芯片。In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the device is a network device or a chip.
第九方面,提供一种装置,包括:In a ninth aspect, an apparatus is provided, comprising:
接收单元,用于接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示发送PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示码分复用信息,所述码分复用信息用于对映射有所述PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;a receiving unit, configured to receive first indication information and second indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending a PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate code division multiplexing information. And the code division multiplexing information is used for performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS;
处理单元,用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;a processing unit, configured to map the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information received by the receiving unit, and use the code score The multiplexing information performs code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols;
发送单元,用于输出所述处理单元得到的所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。And a sending unit, configured to output the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols obtained by the processing unit.
所述装置可以是终端设备也可以是芯片。The device may be a terminal device or a chip.
在本方案中,在将PTRS映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上之后,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理,能够实现不同终端的PTRS的正交化,从而可以克服 不同用户间PTRS碰撞的问题,尤其能够解决同一小区中不同用户之间的PTRS碰撞。In this solution, after mapping the PTRS onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol, thereby orthogonalizing the PTRS of different terminals, thereby The problem of PTRS collision between different users can be overcome, and in particular, PTRS collisions between different users in the same cell can be solved.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述码分复用信息为正交码OCC;With reference to the ninth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the code division multiplexing information is an orthogonal code OCC;
其中,所述处理单元用于,利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,具体包括:The processing unit is configured to perform code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information, and specifically includes:
所述处理单元用于,利用所述OCC,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块的PTRS进行正交掩码处理。The processing unit is configured to perform orthogonal mask processing on the PTRS of each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the OCC.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述码分复用信息为相位旋转因子;With reference to the ninth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor;
其中,所述处理单元用于,利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,具体包括:The processing unit is configured to perform code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information, and specifically includes:
所述处理单元用于,利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理。The processing unit is configured to perform phase rotation processing on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the phase rotation factor.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元用于,利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理,具体包括:With reference to the ninth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the processing unit is configured to: use the phase rotation factor to map each of the DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped to the PTRS The PTRS block performs phase rotation processing, and specifically includes:
所述处理单元用于,利用如下公式所示的相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的第(n+1)个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理:The processing unit is configured to perform phase rotation processing on the (n+1)th PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using a phase rotation factor as shown in the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000002
其中,j为复数符号,N表示映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量,n=0,1,…,N-1,N1表示为所述终端分配的终端级相位旋转因子。Where j is a complex symbol, N represents the number of PTRS blocks mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS, n=0, 1, ..., N-1, N1 represents the allocation to the terminal Terminal level phase rotation factor.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元还用于,根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列;With reference to the ninth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to: obtain a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located;
所述处理单元还用于,利用所述伪随机序列对所述映射到所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的、且进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理。The processing unit is further configured to perform scrambling processing on the PTRS mapped to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols and subjected to code division multiplexing processing by using the pseudo random sequence.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息为下列信息中的至少一种:所述终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、所述终端的PTRS端口号、所述终端的小区标识。With reference to the ninth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, and a PTRS of the terminal Port number, cell identifier of the terminal.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量。With reference to the ninth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used to indicate the PTRS The number of blocks, the number of PTRS blocks indicating the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
可选地,在本实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。With reference to the ninth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used to indicate the PTRS Time domain density.
可选地,在本实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调制编码模式MCS。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the first indication information is a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元用于,根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列,具体包括:With reference to the ninth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the processing unit is configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the cell is located, and specifically includes:
所述处理单元用于,根据所述小区标识,获得小区级伪随机序列;或The processing unit is configured to obtain a cell-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier; or
根据所述小区标识与所述终端的终端标识,获得终端级伪随机序列。Obtaining a terminal-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元用于,利用所述伪随机序列对所述映射到所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的、且进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理,具体包括:With reference to the ninth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the processing unit is configured to use the pseudo random sequence to map the mapping to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols The PTRS subjected to the code division multiplexing process is subjected to scrambling processing, and specifically includes:
所述处理单元用于,在所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。The processing unit is configured to multiply the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS after performing the code division multiplexing process.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述伪随机序列可以为下列序列中的任一种:gold序列、m序列与ZC序列。In conjunction with the ninth aspect, in a possible implementation of the ninth aspect, the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置为终端或芯片。In conjunction with the ninth aspect, in a possible implementation of the ninth aspect, the device is a terminal or a chip.
第十方面,提供一种装置,包括:In a tenth aspect, an apparatus is provided, comprising:
发送单元,用于向终端发送第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示码分复用信息,所述码分复用信息用于对映射有所述PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;a sending unit, configured to send the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate code division multiplexing Information, the code division multiplexing information is used for performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS;
接收单元,用于收所述终端发送的映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号,所述映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号为经过如下操作后得到的DFT-s-OFDM符号:所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理。a receiving unit, configured to receive one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped by the terminal and configured with PTRS, where the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS are DFTs obtained after the following operations -s-OFDM symbol: the terminal maps the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and uses the code score The multiplexing information performs code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols.
其中,所述装置可以是网络设备也可以是芯片。The device may be a network device or a chip.
在本方案中,在将PTRS映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上之后,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理,能够实现不同终端的PTRS的正交化,从而可以克服不同用户间PTRS碰撞的问题,尤其能够解决同一小区中不同用户之间的PTRS碰撞。In this solution, after mapping the PTRS onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol, thereby orthogonalizing the PTRS of different terminals, thereby The problem of PTRS collision between different users can be overcome, and in particular, PTRS collisions between different users in the same cell can be solved.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述码分复用信息为正交码OCC;With reference to the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the code division multiplexing information is an orthogonal code OCC;
其中,所述利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,包括:The performing, by using the code division multiplexing information, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, including:
利用所述OCC,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块的PTRS进行正交掩码处理。With the OCC, orthogonal processing is performed on the PTRS of each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol to which the PTRS is mapped.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述码分复用信息为相位旋转因子;With reference to the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor;
其中,所述利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,包括:The performing, by using the code division multiplexing information, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, including:
利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理。With the phase rotation factor, each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol to which the PTRS is mapped is subjected to phase rotation processing.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理,包括:With reference to the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the phase rotation factor is used to perform phase rotation on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS Processing, including:
利用如下公式所示的相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的第(n+1)个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理:Phase rotation processing is performed on the (n+1)th PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the phase rotation factor as shown in the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000003
其中,j为复数符号,N表示映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量,n=0,1,…,N-1,N1表示为所述终端分配的终端级相位旋转因子。Where j is a complex symbol, N represents the number of PTRS blocks mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS, n=0, 1, ..., N-1, N1 represents the allocation to the terminal Terminal level phase rotation factor.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息为下列信息中的至少一种:所述终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、所述终端的PTRS端口号、所述终端的小区标识。With reference to the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, and a PTRS of the terminal Port number, cell identifier of the terminal.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述发送单元还用于,向终端发送DMRS端口号与OCC的对应关系信息;或With the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send, to the terminal, the correspondence relationship between the DMRS port number and the OCC; or
向终端发送PTRS端口号与OCC的对应关系信息;或Sending, to the terminal, correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the OCC; or
向终端发送终端ID与OCC的对应关系信息;或Sending, to the terminal, correspondence information of the terminal ID and the OCC; or
向终端发送小区ID与OCC的对应关系信息。Corresponding relationship information between the cell ID and the OCC is sent to the terminal.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述发送单元还用于,向终端发送DMRS端口号与相位旋转因子的对应关系信息;或With the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send, to the terminal, correspondence information of a DMRS port number and a phase rotation factor; or
向终端发送PTRS端口号与相位旋转因子的对应关系信息;或Transmitting, to the terminal, correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the phase rotation factor; or
向终端发送终端ID与相位旋转因子的对应关系信息;或Transmitting, to the terminal, correspondence information of the terminal ID and the phase rotation factor; or
向终端发送小区ID与相位旋转因子的对应关系信息。Corresponding relationship information between the cell ID and the phase rotation factor is transmitted to the terminal.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量。With reference to the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used to indicate the PTRS The number of blocks, the number of PTRS blocks indicating the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
可选地,在本实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。With reference to the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used to indicate the PTRS Time domain density.
可选地,在本实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调制编码模式MCS。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the first indication information is a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号为经过如下操作后得到的DFT-s-OFDM符号,其中,所述操作具体包括:With reference to the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS are DFT-s-OFDM symbols obtained by the following operations, where The operation specifically includes:
所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,并利用根据所述终端所在小区的小区标识得到的伪随机序列,对所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理。And the terminal, according to the first indication information and the second indication information, mapping the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and using the code division multiplexing information to the one Performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRSs mapped on the plurality of DFT-s-OFDM symbols, and using the pseudo-random sequence obtained according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the terminal is located, performing the PTRS after the code division multiplexing processing Perform scrambling processing.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述伪随机序列是根据所述小区标识确定的小区级伪随机序列;或With reference to the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the pseudo random sequence is a cell level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identifier; or
所述伪随机序列是根据所述小区标识与所述终端的终端标识确定的终端级伪随机序列。The pseudo random sequence is a terminal level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述利用根据所述终端所在小区的小区标识得到的伪随机序列,对所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理,包括:在所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。With reference to the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the using the pseudo-random sequence obtained according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located, adding the PTRS after performing code division multiplexing processing The scrambling process includes: multiplying the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS after performing the code division multiplexing process.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述伪随机序列可以为下列序 列中的任一种:gold序列、m序列与ZC序列。In conjunction with the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation of the tenth aspect, the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置为网络设备或芯片。In conjunction with the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the device is a network device or a chip.
第十一方面,提供一种装置,包括:In an eleventh aspect, an apparatus is provided, comprising:
接收单元,用于接收来自网络设备的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示发送PTRS的时域位置;a receiving unit, configured to receive indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending the PTRS;
处理单元,用于根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列;a processing unit, configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located;
所述处理单元还用于,根据所述接收单元接收的所述指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用所述伪随机序列对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行加扰处理;The processing unit is further configured to map the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the indication information received by the receiving unit, and use the pseudo random sequence to the one or Performing scrambling processing on the PTRSs mapped on the plurality of DFT-s-OFDM symbols;
发送单元用于,输出所述处理单元得到的所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号。The sending unit is configured to output the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols obtained by the processing unit.
所述装置可以是终端设备也可以是芯片。The device may be a terminal device or a chip.
在本申请中,根据小区标识确定伪随机序列,然后利用该伪随机序列,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行加扰处理。由于不同小区标识对应的伪随机序列不同,因此,经过上述处理过程,不同小区的终端的DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS能够维持干扰随机化。例如,在接收端设备处,来自临近小区的DFT-S-OFDM用户发送的DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS表现为随机序列,从而可达到干扰随机化的目的,从而可以避免不同小区的用户间PTRS碰撞的问题。In the present application, a pseudo-random sequence is determined according to a cell identity, and then the PTRS mapped onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled using the pseudo-random sequence. Since the pseudo-random sequences corresponding to different cell identifiers are different, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminals of different cells can maintain interference randomization through the above processing. For example, at the receiving end device, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol sent by the DFT-S-OFDM user from the neighboring cell appears as a random sequence, so that the purpose of interference randomization can be achieved, thereby avoiding the different cells. The problem of PTRS collision between users.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元用于,根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列,具体包括:With reference to the eleventh aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, the processing unit is configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the cell is located, and specifically includes:
处理单元用于,根据所述小区标识,获得小区级伪随机序列;或The processing unit is configured to obtain a cell-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier; or
根据所述小区标识与所述终端的终端标识,获得终端级伪随机序列。Obtaining a terminal-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理单元用于利用所述伪随机序列对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行加扰,具体包括:With reference to the eleventh aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, the processing unit is configured to use the pseudo random sequence to map the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols Perform scrambling, including:
所述处理单元用于,在所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。The processing unit is configured to multiply the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置为终端或芯片。In conjunction with the eleventh aspect, in a possible implementation of the eleventh aspect, the device is a terminal or a chip.
第十二方面,提供一种装置,包括:In a twelfth aspect, an apparatus is provided, comprising:
发送单元,用于向终端发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置;a sending unit, configured to send, to the terminal, indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS;
接收单元,用于接收所述终端发送的映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号,所述映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号指的是经过如下操作的DFT-S-OFDM符号:所述终端根据所述指示信息,将PTRS映射到所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用根据所述终端所在小区的小区标识获得的伪随机序列对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行加扰。a receiving unit, configured to receive one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols mapped by the terminal and mapped with a PTRS, where the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS refer to a DFT that performs the following operations: -S-OFDM symbol: the terminal maps the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the indication information, and uses a pseudo-random sequence pair obtained according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located The PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols is scrambled.
所述装置可以是网络设备也可以是芯片。The device may be a network device or a chip.
在本申请中,根据小区标识确定伪随机序列,然后利用该伪随机序列,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行加扰处理。由于不同小区标识对应的伪随机序列不同,因此,经过上述处理过程,不同小区的终端的DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS能够维持干扰随机化。例如,在接收端设备处,来自临近小区的DFT-S-OFDM用户发送的 DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS表现为随机序列,从而可达到干扰随机化的目的,从而可以避免不同小区的用户间PTRS碰撞的问题。In the present application, a pseudo-random sequence is determined according to a cell identity, and then the PTRS mapped onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled using the pseudo-random sequence. Since the pseudo-random sequences corresponding to different cell identifiers are different, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminals of different cells can maintain interference randomization through the above processing. For example, at the receiving end device, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol sent by the DFT-S-OFDM user from the neighboring cell appears as a random sequence, so that the purpose of interference randomization can be achieved, thereby avoiding the different cells. The problem of PTRS collision between users.
结合第十二方面,在第十二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述伪随机序列是根据所述小区标识确定的终端级伪随机序列;或With reference to the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect, the pseudo random sequence is a terminal level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identifier; or
所述伪随机序列是根据所述小区标识与所述终端的终端标识确定的小区级伪随机序列。The pseudo-random sequence is a cell-level pseudo-random sequence determined according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
结合第十二方面,在第十二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述利用所述伪随机序列对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行加扰,包括:In a possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect, the pseudo-random sequence is used to scramble the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, include:
在所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。Multiplying the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by the pseudo-random sequence.
结合第十二方面,在第十二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置为网络设备。In conjunction with the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation of the twelfth aspect, the device is a network device.
结合第十一方面或第十二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述伪随机序列可以为下列序列中的任一种:gold序列、m序列与ZC序列。In combination with the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
结合第十一方面或第十二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量。With reference to the eleventh or twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation, the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the indication information is used to indicate the number of PTRS blocks. The number of PTRS blocks indicates the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
可选地,在本实现方式中,所述指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
结合第十一方面或第十二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。With reference to the eleventh or twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes: when the indication information is used to indicate a PTRS Domain density.
可选地,在本实现方式中,所述指示信息为所述终端的所述调制编码模式MCS。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the indication information is the modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
第十三方面,提供一种装置,包括:处理器,存储器与收发器;处理器,存储器与收发器通过内部连接通路互相通信;存储器用于存储指令,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的指令,以控制收发器接收或发送信号;当存储器中存储的指令被执行时,In a thirteenth aspect, an apparatus is provided, comprising: a processor, a memory and a transceiver; a processor, the memory and the transceiver communicate with each other through an internal connection path; the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, Receiving or transmitting a signal by controlling the transceiver; when an instruction stored in the memory is executed,
收发器,用于接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端映射所述PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量;a transceiver, configured to receive first indication information and second indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate the The terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain location of the PTRS;
处理器,用于根据所述收发器接收的所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上;a processor, configured to map the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information received by the transceiver;
收发器,用于输出所述处理器得到的所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。And a transceiver, configured to output the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols obtained by the processor.
所述装置可以终端设备也可以是芯片。The device may be a terminal device or a chip.
第十四方面,提供一种装置,包括:处理器,存储器与收发器;处理器,存储器与收发器通过内部连接通路互相通信;存储器用于存储指令,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的指令,以控制收发器接收或发送信号;当存储器中存储的指令被执行时,In a fourteenth aspect, an apparatus is provided, comprising: a processor, a memory and a transceiver; a processor, the memory and the transceiver communicate with each other through an internal connection path; the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, Receiving or transmitting a signal by controlling the transceiver; when an instruction stored in the memory is executed,
收发器,用于向终端发送第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端映射所述PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量;a transceiver, configured to send the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate the terminal mapping An offset of an initial time domain position of the PTRS;
收发器,用于接收所述终端发送的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号,所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射有所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息进行映射的PTRS。a transceiver, configured to receive one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols sent by the terminal, where the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols are mapped with the terminal according to the first indication information and The second indication information is mapped to the PTRS.
所述装置可以是网络设备也可以是芯片。The device may be a network device or a chip.
在第十三方面或第十四方面提供的装置中,依据PTRS的时域位置,以及映射PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量,将PTRS映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上,这样能够在一定程度上避免不同终端的DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS的时域重叠的问题,从而可以克服不同用户间PTRS碰撞的问题。In the apparatus provided in the thirteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect, the PTRS is mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain position of the PTRS and the offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS, so that To some extent, the problem of time domain overlap of PTRS mapped on DFT-S-OFDM symbols of different terminals is avoided, so that the problem of PTRS collision between different users can be overcome.
结合第十三方面或第十四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端映射所述PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量,具体包括:所述第二指示信息用于指示映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个DFT-S-OFDM符号的偏移量。With reference to the thirteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect, in a possible implementation, the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain location of the PTRS, specifically: The second indication information is used to indicate an offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol.
结合第十三方面或第十四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端映射所述PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量,具体包括:所述第二指示信息用于指示映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个映射有PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM符号的第一个调制符号的偏移量。With reference to the thirteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect, in a possible implementation, the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain location of the PTRS, specifically: The second indication information is used to indicate an offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first modulation symbol of the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol with the PTRS mapped.
结合第十三方面或第十四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息为下列信息中的至少一种:所述终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、所述终端的PTRS端口号、所述终端的小区标识。With reference to the thirteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect, in a possible implementation, the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, the terminal PTRS port number, cell identifier of the terminal.
结合第十四方面,在第十四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发器还用于,向终端发送DMRS端口号与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息;或With reference to the fourteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fourteenth aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: send, to the terminal, correspondence information of a DMRS port number and a PTRS mapping location set; or
向终端发送PTRS端口号与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息;或Transmitting, to the terminal, correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set; or
向终端发送小区ID与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息。Corresponding relationship information between the cell ID and the PTRS mapping location set is sent to the terminal.
结合第十三方面或第十四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS块的数量。With reference to the thirteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes: the first indication information is used to Indicates the number of PTRS blocks, the number of PTRS blocks indicating the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
结合第十三方面或第十四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。With reference to the thirteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes: the first indication information is used to Indicates the time domain density of the PTRS.
结合第十三方面或第十四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽。In conjunction with the thirteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
结合第十三方面或第十四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调制编码模式MCS。In conjunction with the thirteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
结合第十三方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置为终端或芯片。In conjunction with the thirteenth aspect, in one possible implementation, the device is a terminal or a chip.
结合第十四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置为网络设备或芯片。In conjunction with the fourteenth aspect, in a possible implementation, the device is a network device or a chip.
第十五方面,提供一种装置,包括:处理器,存储器与收发器;处理器,存储器与收发器通过内部连接通路互相通信;存储器用于存储指令,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的指令,以控制收发器接收或发送信号;当存储器中存储的指令被执行时,In a fifteenth aspect, an apparatus is provided, comprising: a processor, a memory and a transceiver; a processor, the memory and the transceiver communicate with each other through an internal connection path; the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, Receiving or transmitting a signal by controlling the transceiver; when an instruction stored in the memory is executed,
收发器,用于接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示发送PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示码分复用信息,所述码分复用信息用于对映射有所述PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;a transceiver, configured to receive first indication information and second indication information from a network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending a PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate code division multiplexing information. And the code division multiplexing information is used for performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS;
处理器,用于根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM 符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;a processor, configured to map the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and use the code division multiplexing information to Performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols;
收发器,用于输出所述处理器得到的所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。And a transceiver, configured to output the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols obtained by the processor.
所述装置可以是终端设备也可以是芯片。The device may be a terminal device or a chip.
在本方案中,在将PTRS映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上之后,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理,能够实现不同终端的PTRS的正交化,从而可以克服不同用户间PTRS碰撞的问题,尤其能够解决同一小区中不同用户之间的PTRS碰撞。In this solution, after mapping the PTRS onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol, thereby orthogonalizing the PTRS of different terminals, thereby The problem of PTRS collision between different users can be overcome, and in particular, PTRS collisions between different users in the same cell can be solved.
结合第十五方面,在第十五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述码分复用信息为正交码OCC;With reference to the fifteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, the code division multiplexing information is an orthogonal code OCC;
其中,所述处理器用于,利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,具体包括:The processor is configured to perform code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information, and specifically includes:
所述处理器用于,利用所述OCC,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块的PTRS进行正交掩码处理。The processor is configured to perform orthogonal mask processing on the PTRS of each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS by using the OCC.
结合第十五方面,在第十五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述码分复用信息为相位旋转因子;With reference to the fifteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, the code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor;
其中,所述处理器用于,利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,具体包括:The processor is configured to perform code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information, and specifically includes:
所述处理器用于,利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理。The processor is configured to perform phase rotation processing on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the phase rotation factor.
结合第十五方面,在第十五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器用于,利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理,具体包括:With reference to the fifteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, the processor is configured to use the phase rotation factor to map each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS The PTRS blocks are subjected to phase rotation processing, and specifically include:
所述处理器用于,利用如下公式所示的相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的第(n+1)个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理:The processor is configured to perform phase rotation processing on the (n+1)th PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using a phase rotation factor as shown in the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000004
其中,j为复数符号,N表示映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量,n=0,1,…,N-1,N1表示为所述终端分配的终端级相位旋转因子。Where j is a complex symbol, N represents the number of PTRS blocks mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS, n=0, 1, ..., N-1, N1 represents the allocation to the terminal Terminal level phase rotation factor.
结合第十五方面,在第十五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器还用于,根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列;With reference to the fifteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, the processor is further configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located;
所述处理器还用于,利用所述伪随机序列对所述映射到所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的、且进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理。The processor is further configured to perform scrambling processing on the PTRS mapped to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols and subjected to code division multiplexing processing by using the pseudo random sequence.
结合第十五方面,在第十五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息为下列信息中的至少一种:所述终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、所述终端的PTRS端口号、所述终端的小区标识。With reference to the fifteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, the terminal PTRS port number, cell identifier of the terminal.
结合第十五方面,在第十五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量。With reference to the fifteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used by Indicates the number of PTRS blocks, the number of PTRS blocks indicating the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
可选地,在本实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
结合第十五方面,在第十五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指 示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。With reference to the fifteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used by Indicates the time domain density of the PTRS.
可选地,在本实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调制编码模式MCS。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the first indication information is a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
结合第十五方面,在第十五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器用于,根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列,具体包括:With reference to the fifteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, the processor is configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the cell is located, and specifically includes:
所述处理器用于,根据所述小区标识,获得小区级伪随机序列;或The processor is configured to obtain a cell-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier; or
根据所述小区标识与所述终端的终端标识,获得终端级伪随机序列。Obtaining a terminal-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
结合第十五方面,在第十五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器用于,利用所述伪随机序列对所述映射到所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的、且进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理,具体包括:With a fifteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, the processor is configured to use the pseudo random sequence pair to map the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols The PTRS subjected to code division multiplexing processing is subjected to scrambling processing, and specifically includes:
所述处理器用于,在所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。The processor is configured to multiply the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS after performing the code division multiplexing process.
结合第十五方面,在第十五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述伪随机序列可以为下列序列中的任一种:gold序列、m序列与ZC序列。In a possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
结合第十五方面,在第十五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置为终端或芯片。In conjunction with the fifteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, the device is a terminal or a chip.
第十六方面,提供一种装置,包括:处理器,存储器与收发器;处理器,存储器与收发器通过内部连接通路互相通信;存储器用于存储指令,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的指令,以控制收发器接收或发送信号;当存储器中存储的指令被执行时,In a sixteenth aspect, an apparatus is provided, comprising: a processor, a memory and a transceiver; a processor, the memory and the transceiver communicate with each other through an internal connection path; the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, Receiving or transmitting a signal by controlling the transceiver; when an instruction stored in the memory is executed,
收发器,用于向终端发送第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示码分复用信息,所述码分复用信息用于对映射有所述PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;a transceiver, configured to send the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate code division multiplexing Information, the code division multiplexing information is used for performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS;
收发器,用于收所述终端发送的映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号,所述映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号为经过如下操作后得到的DFT-s-OFDM符号:所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理。a transceiver, configured to receive one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped by the terminal and mapped with PTRS, where the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS are DFT obtained after the following operations -s-OFDM symbol: the terminal maps the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and uses the code score The multiplexing information performs code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols.
所述装置可以是网络设备也可以是芯片。The device may be a network device or a chip.
在本方案中,在将PTRS映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上之后,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理,能够实现不同终端的PTRS的正交化,从而可以克服不同用户间PTRS碰撞的问题,尤其能够解决同一小区中不同用户之间的PTRS碰撞。In this solution, after mapping the PTRS onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol, thereby orthogonalizing the PTRS of different terminals, thereby The problem of PTRS collision between different users can be overcome, and in particular, PTRS collisions between different users in the same cell can be solved.
结合第十六方面,在第十六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述码分复用信息为正交码OCC;With reference to the sixteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the code division multiplexing information is an orthogonal code OCC;
其中,所述利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,包括:The performing, by using the code division multiplexing information, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, including:
利用所述OCC,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块的PTRS进行正交掩码处理。With the OCC, orthogonal processing is performed on the PTRS of each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol to which the PTRS is mapped.
结合第十六方面,在第十六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述码分复用信息为相位旋转因子;With reference to the sixteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor;
其中,所述利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的 PTRS进行码分复用处理,包括:And performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information, including:
利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理。With the phase rotation factor, each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol to which the PTRS is mapped is subjected to phase rotation processing.
结合第十六方面,在第十六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理,包括:With reference to the sixteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the utilizing the phase rotation factor, performing, on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS Phase rotation processing, including:
利用如下公式所示的相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的第(n+1)个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理:Phase rotation processing is performed on the (n+1)th PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the phase rotation factor as shown in the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000005
其中,j为复数符号,N表示映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量,n=0,1,…,N-1,N1表示为所述终端分配的终端级相位旋转因子。Where j is a complex symbol, N represents the number of PTRS blocks mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS, n=0, 1, ..., N-1, N1 represents the allocation to the terminal Terminal level phase rotation factor.
结合第十六方面,在第十六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息为下列信息中的至少一种:所述终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、所述终端的PTRS端口号、所述终端的小区标识。In a possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, the terminal PTRS port number, cell identifier of the terminal.
结合第十六方面,在第十六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发器还用于,向终端发送DMRS端口号与OCC的对应关系信息;或With reference to the sixteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: send, to the terminal, correspondence information of a DMRS port number and an OCC; or
向终端发送PTRS端口号与OCC的对应关系信息;或Sending, to the terminal, correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the OCC; or
向终端发送终端ID与OCC的对应关系信息;或Sending, to the terminal, correspondence information of the terminal ID and the OCC; or
向终端发送小区ID与OCC的对应关系信息。Corresponding relationship information between the cell ID and the OCC is sent to the terminal.
结合第十六方面,在第十六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发器还用于,向终端发送DMRS端口号与相位旋转因子的对应关系信息;或In conjunction with the sixteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: send, to the terminal, correspondence information of a DMRS port number and a phase rotation factor; or
向终端发送PTRS端口号与相位旋转因子的对应关系信息;或Transmitting, to the terminal, correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the phase rotation factor; or
向终端发送终端ID与相位旋转因子的对应关系信息;或Transmitting, to the terminal, correspondence information of the terminal ID and the phase rotation factor; or
向终端发送小区ID与相位旋转因子的对应关系信息。Corresponding relationship information between the cell ID and the phase rotation factor is transmitted to the terminal.
结合第十六方面,在第十六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量。With reference to the sixteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used by Indicates the number of PTRS blocks, the number of PTRS blocks indicating the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
可选地,在本实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
结合第十六方面,在第十六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。With reference to the sixteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the first indication information is used by Indicates the time domain density of the PTRS.
可选地,在本实现方式中,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调制编码模式MCS。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the first indication information is a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
结合第十六方面,在第十六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号为经过如下操作后得到的DFT-s-OFDM符号,其中,所述操作具体包括:With reference to the sixteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS are DFT-s-OFDM symbols obtained by the following operations, The operation specifically includes:
所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,并利用根据所述终端所在小区的小区标识得到的 伪随机序列,对所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理。And the terminal, according to the first indication information and the second indication information, mapping the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and using the code division multiplexing information to the one Performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRSs mapped on the plurality of DFT-s-OFDM symbols, and using the pseudo-random sequence obtained according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the terminal is located, performing the PTRS after the code division multiplexing processing Perform scrambling processing.
结合第十六方面,在第十六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述伪随机序列是根据所述小区标识确定的小区级伪随机序列;或With reference to the sixteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the pseudo random sequence is a cell level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identifier; or
所述伪随机序列是根据所述小区标识与所述终端的终端标识确定的终端级伪随机序列。The pseudo random sequence is a terminal level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
结合第十六方面,在第十六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述利用根据所述终端所在小区的小区标识得到的伪随机序列,对所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理,包括:在所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。With reference to the sixteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the PTRS after performing code division multiplexing processing by using a pseudo random sequence obtained according to a cell identifier of a cell where the terminal is located Performing a scrambling process includes: multiplying the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS after performing the code division multiplexing process.
结合第十六方面,在第十六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述伪随机序列可以为下列序列中的任一种:gold序列、m序列与ZC序列。In a possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
结合第十六方面,在第十六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置为网络设备。In conjunction with the sixteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the device is a network device.
第十七方面,提供一种装置,包括:处理器,存储器与收发器;处理器,存储器与收发器通过内部连接通路互相通信;存储器用于存储指令,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的指令,以控制收发器接收或发送信号;当存储器中存储的指令被执行时,In a seventeenth aspect, an apparatus is provided, comprising: a processor, a memory and a transceiver; a processor, the memory and the transceiver communicate with each other through an internal connection path; the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, Receiving or transmitting a signal by controlling the transceiver; when an instruction stored in the memory is executed,
收发器,用于接收来自网络设备的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示发送PTRS的时域位置;a transceiver, configured to receive indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending the PTRS;
处理器,用于根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列;a processor, configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located;
所述处理器还用于,根据所述收发器接收的所述指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用所述伪随机序列对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行加扰处理;The processor is further configured to map the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the indication information received by the transceiver, and use the pseudo random sequence to the one or Performing scrambling processing on the PTRSs mapped on the plurality of DFT-s-OFDM symbols;
收发器用于,输出所述处理器得到的所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号。The transceiver is configured to output the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols obtained by the processor.
所述装置可以是终端设备也可以是芯片。The device may be a terminal device or a chip.
在本申请中,根据小区标识确定伪随机序列,然后利用该伪随机序列,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行加扰处理。由于不同小区标识对应的伪随机序列不同,因此,经过上述处理过程,不同小区的终端的DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS能够维持干扰随机化。例如,在接收端设备处,来自临近小区的DFT-S-OFDM用户发送的DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS表现为随机序列,从而可达到干扰随机化的目的,从而可以避免不同小区的用户间PTRS碰撞的问题。In the present application, a pseudo-random sequence is determined according to a cell identity, and then the PTRS mapped onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled using the pseudo-random sequence. Since the pseudo-random sequences corresponding to different cell identifiers are different, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminals of different cells can maintain interference randomization through the above processing. For example, at the receiving end device, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol sent by the DFT-S-OFDM user from the neighboring cell appears as a random sequence, so that the purpose of interference randomization can be achieved, thereby avoiding the different cells. The problem of PTRS collision between users.
结合第十七方面,在第十七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,处理器用于,根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列,具体包括:With reference to the seventeenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect, the processor is configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the cell is located, and specifically includes:
处理器用于,根据所述小区标识,获得小区级伪随机序列;或The processor is configured to obtain a cell-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier; or
根据所述小区标识与所述终端的终端标识,获得终端级伪随机序列。Obtaining a terminal-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
结合第十七方面,在第十七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器用于利用所述伪随机序列对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行加扰,具体包括:In a possible implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect, the processor is configured to perform, by using the pseudo random sequence, the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols. Scrambling, including:
所述处理器用于,在所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。The processor is configured to multiply the pseudo-random sequence by a PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols.
结合第十七方面,在第十七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置为终端或芯片。In conjunction with the seventeenth aspect, in a possible implementation of the seventeenth aspect, the device is a terminal or a chip.
第十八方面,提供一种装置,包括:处理器,存储器与收发器;处理器,存储器与收发器通过内部连接通路互相通信;存储器用于存储指令,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的 指令,以控制收发器接收或发送信号;当存储器中存储的指令被执行时,In an eighteenth aspect, an apparatus is provided, comprising: a processor, a memory and a transceiver; a processor, the memory and the transceiver communicate with each other through an internal connection path; the memory is configured to store instructions, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, Receiving or transmitting a signal by controlling the transceiver; when an instruction stored in the memory is executed,
收发器,用于向终端发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置;a transceiver, configured to send indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS;
收发器,用于接收所述终端发送的映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号,所述映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号指的是经过如下操作的DFT-S-OFDM符号:所述终端根据所述指示信息,将PTRS映射到所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用根据所述终端所在小区的小区标识获得的伪随机序列对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行加扰。a transceiver, configured to receive one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols mapped by the terminal and mapped with a PTRS, where the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS refer to a DFT that performs the following operations: -S-OFDM symbol: the terminal maps the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the indication information, and uses a pseudo-random sequence pair obtained according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located The PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols is scrambled.
所述装置可以是网络设备也可以是芯片。The device may be a network device or a chip.
在本申请中,根据小区标识确定伪随机序列,然后利用该伪随机序列,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行加扰处理。由于不同小区标识对应的伪随机序列不同,因此,经过上述处理过程,不同小区的终端的DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS能够维持干扰随机化。例如,在接收端设备处,来自临近小区的DFT-S-OFDM用户发送的DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS表现为随机序列,从而可达到干扰随机化的目的,从而可以避免不同小区的用户间PTRS碰撞的问题。In the present application, a pseudo-random sequence is determined according to a cell identity, and then the PTRS mapped onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled using the pseudo-random sequence. Since the pseudo-random sequences corresponding to different cell identifiers are different, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminals of different cells can maintain interference randomization through the above processing. For example, at the receiving end device, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol sent by the DFT-S-OFDM user from the neighboring cell appears as a random sequence, so that the purpose of interference randomization can be achieved, thereby avoiding the different cells. The problem of PTRS collision between users.
结合第十八方面,在第十八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述伪随机序列是根据所述小区标识确定的终端级伪随机序列;或With reference to the eighteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect, the pseudo random sequence is a terminal level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identifier; or
所述伪随机序列是根据所述小区标识与所述终端的终端标识确定的小区级伪随机序列。The pseudo-random sequence is a cell-level pseudo-random sequence determined according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
结合第十八方面,在第十八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述利用所述伪随机序列对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行加扰,包括:In a possible implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect, the pseudo-random sequence is used to scramble the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, include:
在所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。Multiplying the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by the pseudo-random sequence.
结合第十八方面,在第十八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置为网络设备。In conjunction with the eighteenth aspect, in a possible implementation of the eighteenth aspect, the apparatus is a network device.
结合第十七方面或第十八方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述伪随机序列可以为下列序列中的任一种:gold序列、m序列与ZC序列。In combination with the seventeenth aspect or the eighteenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
结合第十七方面或第十八方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量。With reference to the seventeenth aspect or the eighteenth aspect, in a possible implementation, the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the method includes: the indication information is used to indicate the number of PTRS blocks. The number of PTRS blocks indicates the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
可选地,在本实现方式中,所述指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
结合第十七方面或第十八方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:所述指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。With reference to the seventeenth aspect or the eighteenth aspect, in a possible implementation, the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes: when the indication information is used to indicate a PTRS Domain density.
可选地,在本实现方式中,所述指示信息为所述终端的所述调制编码模式MCS。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the indication information is the modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
第十九方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被计算机执行时实现,第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法;或A nineteenth aspect, a computer readable storage medium having stored thereon a computer program, the computer program being implemented by a computer, the method of the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect; or
第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法;或a method of any of the possible implementations of the second aspect or the second aspect; or
第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法;或a method in any of the possible implementations of the third aspect or the third aspect; or
第四方面或第四方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法;或a method in any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect; or
第五方面或第五方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法;或a method in any of the possible implementations of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect; or
第六方面或第六方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。The method of any of the sixth or sixth possible implementations.
第二十方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行,第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法;或A twentieth aspect, a computer program product comprising instructions for causing a computer to perform, in a method of any of the possible implementations of the first aspect or the first aspect, when the computer program product is run on a computer; or
第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法;或a method of any of the possible implementations of the second aspect or the second aspect; or
第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法;或a method in any of the possible implementations of the third aspect or the third aspect; or
第四方面或第四方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法;或a method in any of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect; or
第五方面或第五方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法;或a method in any of the possible implementations of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect; or
第六方面或第六方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。The method of any of the sixth or sixth possible implementations.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为现有技术中映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a PTRS mapped to a DFT-S-OFDM symbol in the prior art.
图2为本发明实施例的一个典型应用场景的示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a typical application scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图3为根据本发明实施例提供的PTRS处理方法的示意性交互图。FIG. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of a PTRS processing method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图4为根据本发明实施例提供的对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行符号级偏移的示意图。4 is a schematic diagram of performing symbol level offset on a PTRS mapped onto a DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图5为根据本发明实施例提供的对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行调制符号级偏移的示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of modulation symbol level offset of a PTRS mapped onto a DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图6为根据本发明实施例提供的PTRS处理方法的另一示意性交互图。FIG. 6 is another schematic interaction diagram of a PTRS processing method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图7为根据本发明实施例提供的PTRS处理方法的再一示意性交互图。FIG. 7 is still another schematic interaction diagram of a PTRS processing method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图8为根据本发明实施例提供的PTRS处理方法的再一示意性交互图。FIG. 8 is still another schematic interaction diagram of a PTRS processing method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图9为根据本发明实施例提供的终端的示意性框图。FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图10为根据本发明实施例提供的网络设备的示意性框图。FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图11为根据本发明实施例提供的信号处理方法示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a signal processing method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图12为根据本发明实施例提供的网络设备的示意性框图。FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图13为根据本发明实施例提供的终端的示意性框图。FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图14为根据本发明实施例提供的网络设备示意性框图。FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图15为根据本发明实施例提供的终端的示意性框图。FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图16为根据本发明实施例提供的PTRS位置参数的示意性框图。FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a PTRS location parameter according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图2示出了本申请涉及的无线通信系统200。所述无线通信系统200可以工作在高频频段上,不限于长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统,还可以是未来演进的第五代移动通信(the 5th Generation,5G)系统、新空口(New Radio,NR)系统,机器与机器通信(Machine to Machine,M2M)系统等。如图2所示,无线通信系统200可包括:一个或多个网络设备210,一个或多个终端220,以及核心网230。其中:FIG. 2 illustrates a wireless communication system 200 to which the present application relates. The wireless communication system 200 can operate in a high frequency band, is not limited to a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, and can be a fifth generation mobile communication (5th generation, 5G) system, a new air interface ( New Radio, NR) systems, Machine to Machine (M2M) systems, etc. As shown in FIG. 2, wireless communication system 200 can include one or more network devices 210, one or more terminals 220, and a core network 230. among them:
网络设备210可以为基站,基站可以用于与一个或多个终端进行通信,也可以用于与一个或多个具有部分终端功能的基站进行通信(比如宏基站与微基站,如接入点,之间的通信)。基站可以是时分同步码分多址(Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access,TD-SCDMA)系统中的基站收发台(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是 LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolved Node B,eNB),以及5G系统、新空口(New Radio,NR)系统中的基站。另外,基站也可以为接入点(Access Point,AP)、传输节点(Trans TRP)、中心单元(Central Unit,CU)或其他网络实体,并且可以包括以上网络实体的功能中的一些或所有功能。The network device 210 can be a base station, the base station can be used to communicate with one or more terminals, and can also be used to communicate with one or more base stations having partial terminal functions (such as a macro base station and a micro base station, such as an access point, Communication between). The base station may be a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in a Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA) system, or may be an Evolved Node B in an LTE system. , eNB), and base stations in 5G systems, New Radio (NR) systems. In addition, the base station may also be an Access Point (AP), a TransNode (Trans TRP), a Central Unit (CU), or other network entity, and may include some or all of the functions of the above network entities. .
终端220可以分布在整个无线通信系统200中,可以是静止的,也可以是移动的。在本申请的一些实施例中,终端220可以是移动设备、移动台(mobile station)、移动单元(mobile unit)、M2M终端、无线单元,远程单元、用户代理、移动客户端等等。 Terminals 220 may be distributed throughout wireless communication system 200, either stationary or mobile. In some embodiments of the present application, terminal 220 may be a mobile device, a mobile station, a mobile unit, an M2M terminal, a wireless unit, a remote unit, a user agent, a mobile client, and the like.
具体的,网络设备210可用于在网络设备控制器(未示出)的控制下,通过一个或多个天线与终端220通信。在一些实施例中,所述网络设备控制器可以是核心网230的一部分,也可以集成到网络设备210中。具体的,网络设备210可用于通过回程(blackhaul)接口250(如S1接口)向核心网230传输控制信息或者用户数据。具体的,网络设备210与网络设备210之间也可以通过回程(blackhaul)接口240(如X2接口),直接地或者间接地,相互通信。In particular, network device 210 can be used to communicate with terminal 220 over one or more antennas under the control of a network device controller (not shown). In some embodiments, the network device controller may be part of the core network 230 or may be integrated into the network device 210. Specifically, the network device 210 can be configured to transmit control information or user data to the core network 230 through a blackhaul interface 250 (eg, an S1 interface). Specifically, the network device 210 and the network device 210 may also communicate with each other directly or indirectly through a blackhaul interface 240 (such as an X2 interface).
图2示出的无线通信系统仅仅是为了更加清楚的说明本申请的技术方案,并不构成对本申请的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本发明实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The wireless communication system shown in FIG. 2 is only for the purpose of more clearly explaining the technical solutions of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation of the present application. As those skilled in the art can understand, with the evolution of the network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the invention are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
现有技术中,通常按照预定的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,当有多个终端发送DFT-S-OFDM符号时,容易出现多个终端发送的DFT-S-OFDM符号所映射的PTRS的时域配置重叠的问题,从而产生不同终端之间的PTRS碰撞。In the prior art, a PTRS is usually mapped to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to a time domain location of a predetermined PTRS, and when a plurality of terminals transmit DFT-S-OFDM symbols, multiple terminals are prone to occur. The time domain configuration of the PTRS mapped by the transmitted DFT-S-OFDM symbol overlaps, thereby generating a PTRS collision between different terminals.
针对上述技术问题,本发明实施例提出一种PTRS处理方法与装置,能够有效避免不同终端的PTRS碰撞。In response to the above technical problem, the embodiment of the present invention provides a PTRS processing method and apparatus, which can effectively avoid PTRS collisions of different terminals.
概括地说,在本发明实施例中,通过对映射PTRS的初始时域位置进行时域偏移,来避免不同终端的PTRS碰撞;或者,通过对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理,来避免不同终端的PTRS碰撞;或者,通过对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行小区级扰码处理,以实现PTRS的干扰随机化,来避免不同终端的PTRS碰撞;或者,不仅对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理,还进行小区级扰码处理,来避免不同终端的PTRS碰撞。In summary, in the embodiment of the present invention, PTRS collision of different terminals is avoided by performing time domain offset on the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS; or by performing PTRS mapping on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol. Code division multiplexing processing to avoid PTRS collisions of different terminals; or, by performing cell-level scrambling processing on PTRSs mapped to DFT-S-OFDM symbols, to achieve interference randomization of PTRS, to avoid PTRS of different terminals Collision; or, not only code division multiplexing processing on PTRS mapped to DFT-S-OFDM symbols, but also cell level scrambling processing to avoid PTRS collisions of different terminals.
因此,本发明实施例能够有效避免不同终端的PTRS碰撞。Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention can effectively avoid PTRS collisions of different terminals.
图3为根据本发明实施例提供的PTRS处理方法300的示意性交互图,例如,图3中的网络设备对应图2中所示的网络设备210,图3中的终端对应图2中的终端220。如图3所示,本发明实施例的PTRS处理方法300包括:FIG. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of a PTRS processing method 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention. For example, the network device in FIG. 3 corresponds to the network device 210 shown in FIG. 2, and the terminal in FIG. 3 corresponds to the terminal in FIG. 220. As shown in FIG. 3, the PTRS processing method 300 of the embodiment of the present invention includes:
310,网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息与第二指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该终端发送PTRS的时域位置,该第二指示信息用于指示所述终端映射PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量。The network device sends the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the time domain location of the PTRS, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps the initial time of the PTRS. The offset of the domain location.
具体地,PTRS的时域位置指的是,将PTRS映射到子帧上哪几个OFDM符号上。例如,该子帧包括7个DFT-S-OFDM符号,PTRS可以映射到其中第1、3、5、7个符号上。映射PTRS的初始时域位置指的是,映射到子帧上的第一个PTRS所在的OFDM符号。例如,通常第一个OFDM符号为初始时域位置。Specifically, the time domain location of the PTRS refers to mapping the PTRS to which OFDM symbols on the subframe. For example, the subframe includes 7 DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and the PTRS can be mapped to the 1st, 3rd, 5th, and 7th symbols. The initial time domain location of the mapped PTRS refers to the OFDM symbol in which the first PTRS on the subframe is mapped. For example, typically the first OFDM symbol is the initial time domain location.
320,终端根据该第一指示信息和该第二指示信息,将PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上。320. The terminal maps the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information.
具体地,首先,根据第一指示信息所指示的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上;然后根据第二指示信息所指示的偏移量,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行偏移。或者,首先,根据第二指示信息所指示的偏移量,对第一指示信息所指示的PTRS的时域位置进行偏移;然后根据偏移后的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上。Specifically, first, mapping the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information; and then mapping the mapping according to the offset indicated by the second indication information The PTRS on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is offset. Or first, according to the offset indicated by the second indication information, offset the time domain position of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information; and then map the PTRS to one according to the time domain position of the offset PTRS. Or on multiple DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
应理解,第一指示信息和第二指示信息可以通过一个下行信令发送,也可以通过不同的下行信令进行发送,本申请对此不予限定。It should be understood that the first indication information and the second indication information may be sent through one downlink signaling, or may be sent through different downlink signaling, which is not limited in this application.
需要说明的是,将PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,指的是将PTRS映射到包括该一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号的子帧上。可选地,PTRS可以映射到该子帧中的全部DFT-S-OFDM符号上,此时PTRS的时域密度为1,时域密度是指每隔几个OFDM符号映射一个PTRS。当每个OFDM符号上都映射有PTRS,此时PTRS时域密度为1,当每2个OFDM符号映射一个PTRS,此时PTRS的时域密度为1/2。可选地,PTRS映射到该子帧中的部分DFT-S-OFDM符号上,即PTRS映射到该一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号中的部分DFT-S-OFDM符号上,此时PTRS的时域密度大于0,小于1。本发明实施例并没有严格限定将PTRS映射到该一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号中的每个DFT-S-OFDM符号上。It should be noted that mapping a PTRS onto one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols refers to mapping a PTRS onto a subframe including the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols. Optionally, the PTRS may be mapped to all DFT-S-OFDM symbols in the subframe, where the time domain density of the PTRS is 1, and the time domain density refers to mapping one PTRS every few OFDM symbols. When PTRS is mapped on each OFDM symbol, the PTRS time domain density is 1, and when one PTRS is mapped every 2 OFDM symbols, the time domain density of the PTRS is 1/2. Optionally, the PTRS is mapped to a part of the DFT-S-OFDM symbol in the subframe, that is, the PTRS is mapped to a part of the DFT-S-OFDM symbol in the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols, at this time, the PTRS The time domain density is greater than 0 and less than 1. Embodiments of the present invention do not strictly define mapping PTRS onto each of the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
330,终端发送经过步骤320处理得到的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。330. The terminal sends one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols processed through step 320.
具体地,如图3所示,终端向网络设备发送经过步骤320处理得到的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。对应地,网络设备接收来自于终端的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 3, the terminal sends one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols processed through step 320 to the network device. Correspondingly, the network device receives one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols from the terminal.
在本发明实施例中,依据PTRS的时域位置,以及映射PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量,来将PTRS映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上,这样能够在一定程度上避免不同终端的DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS的时域重叠的问题,从而可以克服不同用户间PTRS碰撞的问题。In the embodiment of the present invention, the PTRS is mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain location of the PTRS and the offset of the initial time domain location of the mapped PTRS, so that different terminals can be avoided to some extent. The problem of time domain overlap of PTRS mapped on DFT-S-OFDM symbols can overcome the problem of PTRS collision between different users.
具体地,该第二指示信息为该终端不同于其他终端的属性信息,例如,该终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、该终端的PTRS端口号或该终端的小区标识(Identity,ID)。Specifically, the second indication information is attribute information of the terminal different from other terminals, for example, a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, or a cell identifier (Identity, ID) of the terminal.
换句话说,映射PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量是根据该终端的属性信息确定的。应理解,例如,终端1与终端2的属性信息不同,则根据二者的属性信息确定的PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量也不同,那么,分别根据终端1与终端2的偏移量得到的两个映射有PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM波形,其上所映射的PTRS的时域位置有很大概率是不会重叠的,从而可以避免终端1与终端2之间的PTRS碰撞问题。In other words, the offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS is determined based on the attribute information of the terminal. It should be understood that, for example, if the attribute information of the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 are different, the offset of the initial time domain position of the PTRS determined according to the attribute information of the two is also different, and then according to the offset of the terminal 1 and the terminal 2, respectively. The obtained two DFT-S-OFDM waveforms with PTRS are mapped, and the time domain positions of the mapped PTRSs have a high probability that they do not overlap, so that the PTRS collision problem between the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 can be avoided.
可选地,在同小区的场景中,该第二指示信息可以为该终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号或该终端的PTRS端口号。Optionally, in the scenario of the same cell, the second indication information may be a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal or a PTRS port number of the terminal.
应理解,对于同一小区内的终端,各自的DMRS端口号互不相同,各自的PTRS端口号也互不相同,因此根据不同终端的DMRS端口号得到的PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量也不同,或者,根据不同终端的PTRS端口号得到的PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量也不同。It should be understood that, for terminals in the same cell, the respective DMRS port numbers are different from each other, and the respective PTRS port numbers are also different from each other. Therefore, the offset of the initial time domain position of the PTRS obtained according to the DMRS port number of different terminals is also Different, or the offset of the initial time domain position of the PTRS obtained according to the PTRS port number of different terminals is also different.
可选地,在不同小区的场景中,该第二指示信息可以为该终端的小区标识ID。Optionally, in a scenario of a different cell, the second indication information may be a cell identifier ID of the terminal.
应理解,对于不同小区的终端,其所在小区的小区标识互不相同,因此根据不同终端的小区标识得到的PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量不同。It should be understood that, for terminals of different cells, the cell identifiers of the cells in which they are located are different from each other, and therefore the offsets of the initial time domain locations of the PTRSs obtained according to the cell identifiers of different terminals are different.
可选地,作为一个实施例,该第二指示信息用于指示映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个DFT-S-OFDM符号的偏移量。Optionally, as an embodiment, the second indication information is used to indicate an offset of an initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol.
具体地,该第一个DFT-S-OFDM符号指的是,映射有PTRS的子帧中的第一个DFT-S-OFDM符号,该子帧包括该一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。Specifically, the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol refers to a first DFT-S-OFDM symbol in a subframe mapped with a PTRS, the subframe including the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols .
本实施例中的偏移量的单位可以是子帧、时隙、微时隙(mini-slot)、符号、或者绝对时间,比如x毫秒。本申请中以偏移单位为符号举例,即该偏移量表示偏移多少个DFT-S-OFDM符号。The unit of the offset in this embodiment may be a subframe, a time slot, a mini-slot, a symbol, or an absolute time, such as x milliseconds. In the present application, the offset unit is used as an example, that is, the offset represents how many DFT-S-OFDM symbols are offset.
假设第一指示信息所指示的PTRS的时域位置表明,PTRS每隔K个DFT-S-OFDM符号进行映射,K为正整数,则映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个DFT-S-OFDM符号的偏移量可以为0,1,…,K-1。具体地,该偏移量可以根据该终端的DMRS端口号或PTRS端口号确定(对应同一小区的场景),或者,该偏移量可以根据该终端的小区标识确定(对应不同小区的场景)。It is assumed that the time domain position of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information indicates that the PTRS is mapped every K DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and K is a positive integer, and the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS is relative to the first DFT-S. The offset of the OFDM symbol can be 0, 1, ..., K-1. Specifically, the offset may be determined according to a DMRS port number or a PTRS port number of the terminal (corresponding to a scenario of the same cell), or the offset may be determined according to a cell identifier of the terminal (corresponding to a scenario of a different cell).
具体地,假设第一指示信息所指示的PTRS的时域位置表明PTRS的时域密度为1/4,终端的DMRS端口(也可以是PTRS端口,这里以DMRS端口举例说明)与该偏移量一一对应。例如,假设当前小区中的上行DMRS端口号包括41,42,43与44,则这些DMRS端口号与偏移量的对应关系如表1所示。Specifically, it is assumed that the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information indicates that the time domain density of the PTRS is 1/4, and the DMRS port of the terminal (which may also be a PTRS port, here exemplified by the DMRS port) and the offset One-to-one correspondence. For example, if the uplink DMRS port numbers in the current cell include 41, 42, 43, and 44, the correspondence between these DMRS port numbers and offsets is as shown in Table 1.
表1Table 1
DMRS端口号DMRS port number 偏移量Offset
4141 00
4242 11
4343 22
4444 33
例如,当终端的DMRS端口号为41时,则确定该偏移量为0;当终端的DMRS端口号为43时,则确定该偏移量为2。For example, when the DMRS port number of the terminal is 41, it is determined that the offset is 0; when the DMRS port number of the terminal is 43, then the offset is determined to be 2.
具体地,假设第一指示信息所指示的PTRS的时域位置表明PTRS的时域密度为1/4,终端的小区ID与该偏移量一一对应,不同小区ID与偏移量的对应关系如表2所示。Specifically, it is assumed that the time domain position of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information indicates that the time domain density of the PTRS is 1/4, and the cell ID of the terminal corresponds to the offset one-to-one, and the correspondence between different cell IDs and offsets As shown in table 2.
表2Table 2
小区IDCell ID 偏移量Offset
ID_1ID_1 00
ID_2ID_2 11
ID_3ID_3 22
ID_4ID_4 33
假设,终端1所在小区的小区ID为ID_1,则其对应的偏移量为0;终端2所在小区的小区ID为ID_3,则其对应的偏移量2。It is assumed that the cell ID of the cell where the terminal 1 is located is ID_1, and the corresponding offset is 0; the cell ID of the cell where the terminal 2 is located is ID_3, and the corresponding offset is 2.
具体地,在上述结合表1或表2描述的实施例中,可以预先通过下行信令将偏移量与 DMRS端口号(或PTRS端口号或小区ID)之间的对应关系通知给终端,即,发送DMRS端口号与偏移量的对应关系信息给终端;或者,发送PTRS端口号与偏移量的对应关系信息给终端;或者,发送小区ID与偏移量的对应关系信息给终端。例如,下行信令为下列信息中的任一种:系统信息(system information,SI)、指无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令、MAC控制元素(MAC Control Element,MAC-CE)、或下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)。Specifically, in the foregoing embodiment described in conjunction with Table 1 or Table 2, the correspondence between the offset and the DMRS port number (or PTRS port number or cell ID) may be notified to the terminal in advance by using downlink signaling, that is, And sending the correspondence information of the DMRS port number and the offset to the terminal; or sending the correspondence information of the PTRS port number and the offset to the terminal; or sending the correspondence information of the cell ID and the offset to the terminal. For example, the downlink signaling is any one of the following information: system information (SI), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, MAC Control Element (MAC-CE), Or Downlink Control Information (DCI).
可选地,在上述结合表1或表2描述的实施例中,还可以通过协议将偏移量与DMRS端口号(或PTRS端口号或小区ID)之间的对应关系配置到终端中,即终端预存储DMRS端口号与偏移量的对应关系信息、或者预存储PTRS端口号与偏移量的对应关系信息、或者小区ID与偏移量的对应关系信息。Optionally, in the foregoing embodiment described in conjunction with Table 1 or Table 2, the correspondence between the offset and the DMRS port number (or PTRS port number or cell ID) may also be configured into the terminal by using a protocol, that is, The terminal pre-stores correspondence information between the DMRS port number and the offset, or pre-stores correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the offset, or correspondence information between the cell ID and the offset.
具体地,如图4所示,PTRS每隔1个DFT-S-OFDM符号进行映射,其中,在终端1的子帧中,映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个DFT-S-OFDM符号的偏移量为0,在终端2的子帧中,映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个DFT-S-OFDM符号的偏移量为1(单位:DFT-S-OFDM符号)。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 4, the PTRS is mapped every 1 DFT-S-OFDM symbol, wherein in the subframe of the terminal 1, the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS is relative to the first DFT-S-OFDM. The offset of the symbol is 0. In the subframe of the terminal 2, the offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol is 1 (unit: DFT-S-OFDM symbol) .
应理解,对于图4中所示的终端1与终端2,虽然二者的子帧是基于相同的PTRS的时域位置(即相同的第一指示信息)进行PTRS映射的,但是二者的映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个DFT-S-OFDM符号的偏移量不同,因此,很大概率地,终端1与终端2的子帧上映射的PTRS的时域位置不会重叠,从而在一定程度上可以避免终端1与终端2的PTRS发生碰撞,从而可以提高相位的跟踪精度。It should be understood that for the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 shown in FIG. 4, although the subframes of the two are based on the same PTRS time domain position (ie, the same first indication information), the PTRS mapping is performed, but the mapping between the two is performed. The initial time domain position of the PTRS is different from the offset of the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol, and therefore, the time domain position of the PTRS mapped on the subframe of the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 does not overlap with a high probability. Therefore, the collision between the terminal 1 and the PTRS of the terminal 2 can be avoided to a certain extent, so that the tracking accuracy of the phase can be improved.
图4所示的实施例,也可以称为是对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行符号级偏移。The embodiment shown in FIG. 4 may also be referred to as performing a symbol level offset on a PTRS mapped onto a DFT-S-OFDM symbol.
应理解,图4仅为示例而非限定。实际应用中,可以根据具体需求确定映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个DFT-S-OFDM符号的偏移量的具体数值,本发明实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that FIG. 4 is merely an example and not a limitation. In a practical application, the specific value of the offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol may be determined according to specific requirements, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
可选地,作为另一个实施例,该第二指示信息用于指示映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个映射有PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM符号的第一个调制符号的偏移量。Optionally, as another embodiment, the second indication information is used to indicate an offset of an initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to a first modulation symbol of the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS. .
具体地,第一个映射有PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM符号指的是,包括该一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号的子帧中,首个映射有PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM符号。Specifically, the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS refers to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol with PTRS mapped in the subframe including the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
本实施例中的偏移量的单位是调制符号,即该偏移量表示偏移多少个调制符号。The unit of the offset in this embodiment is a modulation symbol, that is, the offset indicates how many modulation symbols are offset.
作为一种可选实现方式,映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个调制符号的偏移量可以根据该终端的DMRS端口号或PTRS端口号确定(对应同一小区的场景),或者,可以根据该终端的小区标识确定(对应不同小区的场景)。As an optional implementation manner, the offset of the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS relative to the first modulation symbol may be determined according to the DMRS port number or the PTRS port number of the terminal (corresponding to the scenario of the same cell), or It is determined according to the cell identity of the terminal (corresponding to scenarios of different cells).
具体地,假设第一指示信息所指示的PTRS的时域位置表明一个DFT-S-OFDM符号内映射有N个PTRS Chunk块(例如在图5中,N等于4)、且每个Chunk的尺寸为M(例如在图5中,M等于2),在这种情形下,终端的DMRS端口(也可以是PTRS端口,这里仅以DMRS端口举例说明)与偏移量一一对应。例如,假设当前小区中的上行DMRS端口号包括41,42,43与44,则这些DMRS端口号与偏移量的对应关系如表3所示。Specifically, it is assumed that the time domain position of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information indicates that there are N PTRS Chunk blocks mapped in one DFT-S-OFDM symbol (for example, N is equal to 4 in FIG. 5), and the size of each Chunk For M (for example, in Figure 5, M is equal to 2), in this case, the DMRS port of the terminal (which may also be a PTRS port, here only exemplified by the DMRS port) has a one-to-one correspondence with the offset. For example, if the uplink DMRS port numbers in the current cell include 41, 42, 43, and 44, the correspondence between these DMRS port numbers and offsets is as shown in Table 3.
表3table 3
DMRS端口号DMRS port number 偏移量(调制符号级)Offset (modulation symbol level)
4141 00
4242 11
4343 22
4444 33
例如,当终端的DMRS端口号为41时,则确定该偏移量为0;当终端的DMRS端口号为43时,则确定该偏移量为2。For example, when the DMRS port number of the terminal is 41, it is determined that the offset is 0; when the DMRS port number of the terminal is 43, then the offset is determined to be 2.
上述实施例中,调制符号级的偏移量直接利用偏移的调制符号数来表示。可选地,调制符号级的偏移量也可以利用偏移的调制符号数在一个DFT-S-OFDM符号所包括的调制符号的总数中的比例来表示,下文将这种偏移量称为比例偏移量。还以上行DMRS端口号包括41,42,43与44为例,这些DMRS端口号与比例偏移量的对应关系,如表4所示。In the above embodiment, the offset of the modulation symbol level is directly represented by the number of offset modulation symbols. Alternatively, the offset of the modulation symbol level may also be represented by the ratio of the number of offset modulation symbols in the total number of modulation symbols included in one DFT-S-OFDM symbol, which is hereinafter referred to as Proportional offset. The above DMRS port numbers include 41, 42, 43 and 44 as examples. The correspondence between these DMRS port numbers and the proportional offset is shown in Table 4.
表4Table 4
DMRS端口号DMRS port number 比例偏移量Proportional offset
4141 00
4242 1/241/24
4343 2/242/24
4444 3/243/24
例如,当调度带宽为4RB,即48个子载波(即一个DFT-S-OFDM符号包括48个调制符号),由表4第二列计算出来的偏移的调制符号数分别为0,2,4与6。For example, when the scheduling bandwidth is 4 RBs, that is, 48 subcarriers (ie, one DFT-S-OFDM symbol includes 48 modulation symbols), the number of modulation symbols of the offset calculated by the second column of Table 4 is 0, 2, 4, respectively. With 6.
具体地,假设第一指示信息所指示的PTRS的时域位置表明一个DFT-S-OFDM符号内映射有N个PTRS Chunk块(例如在图5中,N等于4)、且每个Chunk的尺寸为M(例如在图5中,M等于2),在这种情形下,终端的小区ID与偏移量一一对应,不同小区ID与偏移量的对应关系如表5所示。Specifically, it is assumed that the time domain position of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information indicates that there are N PTRS Chunk blocks mapped in one DFT-S-OFDM symbol (for example, N is equal to 4 in FIG. 5), and the size of each Chunk In the case of M (for example, in FIG. 5, M is equal to 2), in this case, the cell ID of the terminal is in one-to-one correspondence with the offset, and the correspondence between different cell IDs and offsets is as shown in Table 5.
表5table 5
小区IDCell ID 偏移量(调制符号级)Offset (modulation symbol level)
ID_1ID_1 00
ID_2ID_2 11
ID_3ID_3 22
ID_4ID_4 33
例如,当终端的小区ID为ID_1时,则其对应的偏移量为0;当终端的小区ID为ID_3时,则其对应的偏移量为2。For example, when the cell ID of the terminal is ID_1, the corresponding offset is 0; when the cell ID of the terminal is ID_3, the corresponding offset is 2.
具体地,在上述结合表3、表4或表5描述的实施例中,可以预先通过下行信令将偏移量与DMRS端口号(或PTRS端口号或小区ID)之间的对应关系通知给终端,即,发送DMRS端口号与偏移量的对应关系信息给终端;或者,发送PTRS端口号与偏移量的对应关系信息给终端;或者,发送小区ID与偏移量的对应关系信息给终端。例如,下行信 令为下列信息中的任一种:系统信息(system information,SI)、指无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令、MAC控制元素(MAC Control Element,MAC-CE)、或下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)。Specifically, in the foregoing embodiment described in conjunction with Table 3, Table 4, or Table 5, the correspondence between the offset and the DMRS port number (or PTRS port number or cell ID) may be notified in advance by downlink signaling. The terminal, that is, sends the correspondence relationship between the DMRS port number and the offset to the terminal; or sends the correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the offset to the terminal; or sends the correspondence information between the cell ID and the offset to terminal. For example, the downlink signaling is any one of the following information: system information (SI), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, MAC Control Element (MAC-CE), Or Downlink Control Information (DCI).
可选地,在上述结合表3、表4或表5描述的实施例中,还可以通过协议将偏移量与DMRS端口号(或PTRS端口号或小区ID)之间的对应关系配置到终端中,即终端预存储DMRS端口号与偏移量的对应关系信息、或者预存储PTRS端口号与偏移量的对应关系信息、或者小区ID与偏移量的对应关系信息。Optionally, in the foregoing embodiment described in conjunction with Table 3, Table 4, or Table 5, the correspondence between the offset and the DMRS port number (or PTRS port number or cell ID) may also be configured to the terminal by using a protocol. The terminal pre-stores correspondence information between the DMRS port number and the offset, or pre-stores correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the offset, or correspondence information between the cell ID and the offset.
作为另一种可选实现方式,在确定DFT-S-OFDM符号具有某种PTRS映射方式的情况下,例如,在DFT-S-OFDM符号包括N个Chunk(例如在图5中,N等于4)、且每个Chunk的尺寸为M(例如在图5中,M等于2)的情况下,为这N*M个PTRS定义多个映射位置集合(S1,S2,…),且不同映射位置集合对应的PTRS映射位置不同。在将PTRS映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号时,可以根据终端的DMRS端口号和/或PTRS端口号确定对应的映射位置集合(对应同一小区的场景),或者,可以根据该终端的小区标识确定对应的映射位置集合(对应不同小区的场景)。As another alternative implementation, in the case of determining that the DFT-S-OFDM symbol has a certain PTRS mapping manner, for example, the DFT-S-OFDM symbol includes N Chunks (for example, in FIG. 5, N is equal to 4) And each Chunk has a size of M (for example, in FIG. 5, M is equal to 2), defining a plurality of mapping position sets (S1, S2, ...) for the N*M PTRSs, and different mapping positions The PTRS mapping locations corresponding to the collection are different. When the PTRS is mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol, the corresponding mapping location set (the scenario corresponding to the same cell) may be determined according to the DMRS port number and/or the PTRS port number of the terminal, or may be determined according to the cell identifier of the terminal. A corresponding set of mapping locations (corresponding to scenarios of different cells).
具体地,终端的DMRS端口(也可以是PTRS端口,这里以DMRS端口举例说明)与映射位置集合一一对应。假设映射位置集合包括S1,S2,S3与S4,上行DMRS端口号包括41,42,43与44,则这些DMRS端口号与映射位置集合之间的映射关系如表6所示。Specifically, the DMRS port of the terminal (which may also be a PTRS port, here exemplified by the DMRS port) has a one-to-one correspondence with the mapping location set. Assuming that the mapping location set includes S1, S2, S3, and S4, and the uplink DMRS port number includes 41, 42, 43, and 44, the mapping relationship between these DMRS port numbers and the mapping location set is as shown in Table 6.
表6Table 6
DMRS端口号DMRS port number 映射位置集合Map location set
4141 S1S1
4242 S2S2
4343 S3S3
4444 S4S4
例如,终端1的DMRS端口号为41,则基于映射位置集合S1来进行PTRS映射;终端2的端口号为43,则基于映射位置集合S3来进行PTRS映射。由于终端1的DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS的时域位置与终端2的DFT-S-OFDM符号所映射的PTRS的时域位置不会重叠,因此终端1与终端2的不会发生PTRS碰撞。For example, if the DMRS port number of the terminal 1 is 41, the PTRS mapping is performed based on the mapping location set S1; when the port number of the terminal 2 is 43, the PTRS mapping is performed based on the mapping location set S3. Since the time domain position of the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol of the terminal 1 does not overlap with the time domain position of the PTRS mapped by the DFT-S-OFDM symbol of the terminal 2, the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 do not A PTRS collision occurred.
具体地,终端的小区ID与映射位置集合一一对应。假设映射位置集合包括S1,S2,S3与S4。不同小区ID与映射位置集合之间的映射关系如表7所示。Specifically, the cell ID of the terminal is in one-to-one correspondence with the mapping location set. Assume that the mapping location set includes S1, S2, S3, and S4. The mapping relationship between different cell IDs and mapping location sets is shown in Table 7.
表7Table 7
小区IDCell ID 映射位置集合Map location set
ID_1ID_1 S1S1
ID_2ID_2 S2S2
ID_3ID_3 S3S3
ID_4ID_4 S4S4
例如,终端1的小区ID为ID_1,则基于映射位置集合S1来进行PTRS映射;终端2 的小区ID为ID_3,则基于映射位置集合S3来进行PTRS映射。由于映射位置集合S1中的PTRS的时域位置与映射位置集合S3中的PTRS的时域位置不会重叠,因此终端1与终端2的不会发生PTRS碰撞。For example, if the cell ID of the terminal 1 is ID_1, PTRS mapping is performed based on the mapping location set S1; when the cell ID of the terminal 2 is ID_3, PTRS mapping is performed based on the mapping location set S3. Since the time domain position of the PTRS in the mapping position set S1 does not overlap with the time domain position of the PTRS in the mapping position set S3, the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 do not have a PTRS collision.
可选地,在上述结合表6或表7描述的实施例中,可以预先通过下行信令将映射位置集合,以及映射位置集合与DMRS端口号(或PTRS端口号或小区ID)之间的对应关系通知给终端,即,发送DMRS端口号与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息给终端;或者,发送PTRS端口号与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息给终端;或者,发送小区ID与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息给终端。例如,下行信令为下列信息中的任一种:系统信息(system information,SI)、指无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令、MAC控制元素(MAC Control Element,MAC-CE)、或下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)。Optionally, in the foregoing embodiment described in conjunction with Table 6 or Table 7, the mapping location set and the correspondence between the mapping location set and the DMRS port number (or PTRS port number or cell ID) may be previously performed through downlink signaling. The relationship is notified to the terminal, that is, the correspondence information of the DMRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set is sent to the terminal; or the correspondence relationship between the PTRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set is sent to the terminal; or the cell ID and the PTRS mapping location are sent. The corresponding relationship information of the set is given to the terminal. For example, the downlink signaling is any one of the following information: system information (SI), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, MAC Control Element (MAC-CE), Or Downlink Control Information (DCI).
可选地,在上述结合表6或表7描述的实施例中,还可以通过协议将映射位置集合、以及映射位置集合与DMRS端口号(或PTRS端口号或小区ID)之间的对应关系配置到终端中,即终端预存储DMRS端口号与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息、或者预存储PTRS端口号与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息、或者小区ID与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息。Optionally, in the foregoing embodiment described in conjunction with Table 6 or Table 7, the mapping relationship between the mapping location set and the mapping location set and the DMRS port number (or PTRS port number or cell ID) may also be configured by using a protocol. In the terminal, the terminal pre-stores correspondence information between the DMRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set, or pre-stores the correspondence relationship information between the PTRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set, or the correspondence relationship between the cell ID and the PTRS mapping location set.
例如,在图5的示例中,终端1与终端2的DFT-S-OFDM符号均包括48个调制符号,且终端1与终端2的DFT-S-OFDM符号上均映射有4个PTRS Chunk,且每个Chunk均包括2个PTRS。终端1的DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射PTRS的初始时域位置为第一个调制符号(记为调制符号0),即在终端1的DFT-S-OFDM符号中,映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个调制符号的偏移量为0。终端2的DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射PTRS的初始时域位置为第七个调制符号(记为调制符号6),即在终端2的DFT-S-OFDM符号中,映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个调制符号的偏移量为6个调制符号。For example, in the example of FIG. 5, the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 each include 48 modulation symbols, and 4 PTRS Chunks are mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminal 1 and the terminal 2, And each Chunk includes 2 PTRSs. The initial time domain position of the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol of the terminal 1 is the first modulation symbol (referred to as modulation symbol 0), that is, in the DFT-S-OFDM symbol of the terminal 1, the initial time domain of the PTRS is mapped. The offset of the position relative to the first modulation symbol is zero. The initial time domain position of the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol of the terminal 2 is the seventh modulation symbol (referred to as modulation symbol 6), that is, in the DFT-S-OFDM symbol of the terminal 2, the initial time domain of the PTRS is mapped. The offset of the position relative to the first modulation symbol is 6 modulation symbols.
应理解,对于图5中所示的终端1与终端2,虽然二者的DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的Chunk的数量相同,但是映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个调制符号的偏移量不同,因此,很大概率地,终端1与终端2的DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS的时域位置不会重叠,从而,在一定程度上,可以避免终端1与终端2的PTRS发生碰撞,从而可以提高相位的跟踪精度。It should be understood that for the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 shown in FIG. 5, although the number of Chunks mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the two is the same, the initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS is relative to the first modulation symbol. The offsets are different, and therefore, the time domain position of the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol of the terminal 1 and the terminal 2 does not overlap with a large probability, and thus, to a certain extent, the terminal 1 and the terminal can be avoided. The collision of the PTRS of 2 can improve the tracking accuracy of the phase.
图5所示的实施例,也可以称为是对PTRS进行调制符号级偏移。The embodiment shown in Figure 5 can also be referred to as modulating the symbol level offset of the PTRS.
应理解,图5仅为示例而非限定。实际应用中,可以根据具体需求确定映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个调制符号的偏移量的具体数值,本发明实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that FIG. 5 is merely an example and not a limitation. In an actual application, the specific value of the offset of the initial time domain position of the PTRS with respect to the first modulation symbol may be determined according to specific requirements, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
可选地,在上述PTRS处理方法300的某些实施例中,该第二指示信息为下列信息中的至少一种:该终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、该终端的PTRS端口号与该终端的小区标识ID。Optionally, in some embodiments of the foregoing PTRS processing method 300, the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, and the The cell ID of the terminal.
可选地,在上述PTRS处理方法300的某些实施例中,其特征在于,该第一指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。Optionally, in some embodiments of the foregoing PTRS processing method 300, the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
具体地,本申请中,PTRS的时域密度可以与循环前缀(Cyclic Prefix,CP)类型、子载波间隔、调制编码模式(MCS)中至少一项相关。Specifically, in the present application, the time domain density of the PTRS may be related to at least one of a Cyclic Prefix (CP) type, a subcarrier spacing, and a modulation and coding mode (MCS).
具体的,PTRS的时域密度与CP类型、子载波间隔、调制编码模式中至少一项是存 在对应关系的。不同的CP类型或子载波间隔或调制编码模式可以对应不同的时域密度。具体的,所述对应关系可以是协议预定义的,也可以是网络设备通过高层信令(如RRC信令)配置的。Specifically, the time domain density of the PTRS is corresponding to at least one of a CP type, a subcarrier spacing, and a modulation and coding mode. Different CP types or subcarrier spacing or modulation coding modes may correspond to different time domain densities. Specifically, the corresponding relationship may be predefined by a protocol, or may be configured by a network device by using high layer signaling, such as RRC signaling.
PTRS的时域密度是指每几个符号映射一次PTRS,比如:PTRS可以连续映射在PUSCH(或PDSCH)的每个符号上,也可以在PUSCH(或PDSCH)的每2个符号上映射一次,还可以在PUSCH(或PDSCH)的每4个符号上映射一次。The time domain density of the PTRS means that the PTRS is mapped once every few symbols. For example, the PTRS may be continuously mapped on each symbol of the PUSCH (or PDSCH), or may be mapped once every two symbols of the PUSCH (or PDSCH). It can also be mapped once every 4 symbols of the PUSCH (or PDSCH).
本申请中,可以根据子载波间隔和调制编码模式确定PTRS的时域密度。具体的,针对1个确定的子载波间隔值,可以通过预定义或高层信令配置一个或多个调制编码模式门限值,相邻两个调制编码模式门限值之间的全部调制编码模式对应相同的PTRS的时域密度,可如表8所示。In the present application, the time domain density of the PTRS can be determined according to the subcarrier spacing and the modulation and coding mode. Specifically, for one determined subcarrier spacing value, one or more modulation coding mode thresholds may be configured by pre-defined or higher layer signaling, and all modulation coding modes between adjacent two modulation coding mode thresholds The time domain density corresponding to the same PTRS can be as shown in Table 8.
表8Table 8
MCS范围MCS range 时域密度Time domain density
0<=MCS<MCS_10<=MCS<MCS_1 00
MCS_1<=MCS<MCS_2MCS_1<=MCS<MCS_2 1/41/4
MCS_2<=MCS<MCS_3MCS_2<=MCS<MCS_3 1/21/2
MCS_3<=MCSMCS_3<=MCS 11
其中,MCS_1,MCS_2,MCS_3为调制编码模式门限值,时域密度中的“1/2”指图4所示的时域密度。Where MCS_1, MCS_2, and MCS_3 are modulation coding mode threshold values, and "1/2" in the time domain density refers to the time domain density shown in FIG.
具体的,在确定的子载波间隔下,可以根据实际调制编码模式MCS落入的调制编码模式门限区间来确定出PTRS的时域密度。例如,假设表9表示默认子载波间隔SCS_1=15KHz下的调制编码模式门限值,如果实际调制编码模式MCS落入区间[MCS_2,MCS_3],则PTRS的时域密度为1/2。示例仅仅用于解释本发明实施例,不应构成限定。Specifically, under the determined subcarrier spacing, the time domain density of the PTRS may be determined according to a modulation coding mode threshold interval in which the actual modulation coding mode MCS falls. For example, it is assumed that Table 9 represents the modulation coding mode threshold value at the default subcarrier interval SCS_1=15 kHz, and if the actual modulation coding mode MCS falls within the interval [MCS_2, MCS_3], the time domain density of the PTRS is 1/2. The examples are merely illustrative of the embodiments of the invention and should not be construed as limiting.
在一种可能的实施方式中,pi/2-BPSK调制不需要PTRS用以跟踪相噪或频偏,为实现此配置,令MCS_1始终大于或等于pi/2-BPSK调制的最大MCS(记为MCS_M1),即MCS_1>=MCS_M1。可以直接在协议规定pi/2-BPSK不映射PTRS,因此,表8所示实现方式的替换方案如表9所示,(第一行的左边为pi/2-BPSK的最高MCS加1)。In a possible implementation, pi/2-BPSK modulation does not require PTRS to track phase noise or frequency offset. To achieve this configuration, MCS_1 is always greater than or equal to the maximum MCS of pi/2-BPSK modulation (denoted as MCS_M1), ie MCS_1>=MCS_M1. The PTRS can be mapped without specifying pi/2-BPSK directly in the protocol. Therefore, the alternative of the implementation shown in Table 8 is as shown in Table 9, (the left side of the first row is the highest MCS of pi/2-BPSK plus one).
表9Table 9
MCS范围MCS range 时域密度Time domain density
(MCS_M1+1)<=MCS<MCS_1(MCS_M1+1)<=MCS<MCS_1 00
MCS_1<=MCS<MCS_2MCS_1<=MCS<MCS_2 1/41/4
MCS_2<=MCS<MCS_3MCS_2<=MCS<MCS_3 1/21/2
MCS_3<=MCSMCS_3<=MCS 11
本申请中,不同的子载波间隔可以对应不同的调制编码模式门限值。也即是说,对不同的子载波间隔,可以配置不同的调制编码模式门限值和时域密度的对应关系表。In this application, different subcarrier spacings may correspond to different modulation coding mode thresholds. That is to say, for different subcarrier spacings, different correspondence tables of modulation coding mode threshold values and time domain densities can be configured.
具体的,不同的子载波间隔各自对应的调制编码模式门限值可以由协议预定义,也可以由网络设备通过高层信令(例如RRC信令)配置。Specifically, the respective modulation coding mode thresholds of different subcarrier intervals may be predefined by a protocol, or may be configured by a network device by using high layer signaling (for example, RRC signaling).
在一些可选的实施例中,可以通过协议预定义或高层信令配置默认的子载波间隔(表 示成SC_1),例如15kHz,以及该默认的子载波间隔对应的一个或多个默认门限值(表示成MCS’)。并且,对于其他非默认子载波间隔,可以通过协议预定义或高层信令配置相应的调制编码模式偏移值(表示成MCS_offset,为整数),MCS_offset+MCS=MCS’,其中,MCS表示其他非默认子载波间隔下的实际调制编码模式。在其他非默认子载波间隔下,可以利用实际的调制编码模式MCS加上所述调制编码模式偏移值MCS_offset来确定出PTRS的时域密度。In some optional embodiments, a default subcarrier spacing (denoted as SC_1), such as 15 kHz, and one or more default thresholds corresponding to the default subcarrier spacing may be configured by protocol pre-defined or higher layer signaling. (indicated as MCS'). Moreover, for other non-default subcarrier spacings, the corresponding modulation coding mode offset value (represented as MCS_offset, which is an integer), MCS_offset+MCS=MCS', where MCS indicates other non-configuration, may be configured by protocol pre-defined or higher layer signaling. The actual modulation coding mode under the default subcarrier spacing. At other non-default subcarrier intervals, the actual modulation coding mode MCS plus the modulation coding mode offset value MCS_offset may be used to determine the time domain density of the PTRS.
举例说明,若表10表示默认子载波间隔SCS_1=15KHz下的调制编码模式门限值,在非默认子载波间隔60Hz下,如果实际的调制编码模式MCS加上MCS_offset落入区间[0,MCS_1],则PTRS的时域密度为0。如果实际的调制编码模式MCS加上MCS_offset落入区间[MCS_1,MCS_2],则PTRS的时域密度为1/4。示例仅仅用于解释本发明实施例,不应构成限定。For example, if Table 10 shows the modulation coding mode threshold at the default subcarrier spacing SCS_1=15KHz, if the actual modulation coding mode MCS plus MCS_offset falls within the interval [0, MCS_1] at the non-default subcarrier interval of 60 Hz. , the time domain density of PTRS is 0. If the actual modulation coding mode MCS plus MCS_offset falls within the interval [MCS_1, MCS_2], the time domain density of the PTRS is 1/4. The examples are merely illustrative of the embodiments of the invention and should not be construed as limiting.
表10Table 10
MCS范围MCS range 时域密度Time domain density
0<=MCS’<MCS_10<=MCS’<MCS_1 00
MCS_1<=MCS’<MCS_2MCS_1<=MCS’<MCS_2 1/41/4
MCS_2<=MCS’<MCS_3MCS_2<=MCS’<MCS_3 1/21/2
MCS_3<=MCS’MCS_3<=MCS’ 11
在一些可选的实施例中,可以通过协议预定义或高层信令配置默认的子载波间隔(表示成SCS_1),以及该默认的子载波间隔对应的一个或多个默认调制编码模式门限值(表示成MCS’)。并且,对于其他非默认子载波间隔(表示成SCS_n),可以通过协议预定义或高层信令配置相应的缩放因子β(0<β<1),可以定义β=SCS_1/SCS_n。在其他非默认子载波间隔下,可以利用实际的调制编码模式MCS和默认调制编码模式门限值MCS’确定MCS落在哪一个默认调制编码模式门限值区间,然后利用该默认调制编码模式门限值区间对应的时域密度乘以缩放因子β来确定出PTRS的实际时域密度。In some optional embodiments, a default subcarrier spacing (represented as SCS_1) may be configured by protocol pre-defined or higher layer signaling, and one or more default modulation coding mode thresholds corresponding to the default subcarrier spacing. (indicated as MCS'). Moreover, for other non-default subcarrier spacings (denoted as SCS_n), the corresponding scaling factor β (0<β<1) can be configured by protocol pre-defined or higher layer signaling, and β=SCS_1/SCS_n can be defined. Under other non-default subcarrier intervals, the actual modulation coding mode MCS and the default modulation coding mode threshold MCS' may be used to determine which default modulation coding mode threshold interval the MCS falls in, and then the default modulation coding mode gate is utilized. The time domain density corresponding to the limit interval is multiplied by the scaling factor β to determine the actual time domain density of the PTRS.
举例说明,若表10表示默认子载波间隔SCS_1=60KHz下的调制编码模式门限值,在非默认子载波间隔120Hz下,如果实际的调制编码模式MCS落入[MCS_2,MCS_3]中,则PTRS的实际时域密度是时域密度“1/2”与缩放因子β的乘积最接近的时域密度。由于β=60/120=1/2,因此,所述PTRS的实际时域密度是1/4。示例仅仅用于解释本发明实施例,不应构成限定。For example, if Table 10 shows the modulation coding mode threshold value under the default subcarrier spacing SCS_1=60KHz, if the actual modulation coding mode MCS falls into [MCS_2, MCS_3] at the non-default subcarrier interval of 120 Hz, then PTRS The actual time domain density is the time domain density closest to the product of the time domain density "1/2" and the scaling factor β. Since β = 60 / 120 = 1/2, the actual time domain density of the PTRS is 1/4. The examples are merely illustrative of the embodiments of the invention and should not be construed as limiting.
本申请中,针对不同的CP类型或长度,可以通过协议预定义或者高层信令(例如RRC信令)配置子载波间隔和调制编码模式中至少一项与PTRS的时域密度之间的对应关系。In this application, for different CP types or lengths, the correspondence between at least one of the subcarrier spacing and the modulation and coding mode and the time domain density of the PTRS may be configured through protocol pre-defined or higher layer signaling (eg, RRC signaling). .
可选的,针对扩展循环前缀(Extended Cyclic Prefix,ECP),可以通过协议预定义或者高层信令配置PTRS的时域密度为:PTRS连续映射在PUSCH(或PDSCH)的每个符号上。这样,可实现在高速大时延扩展场景中,利用PTRS辅助多普勒频偏估计。Optionally, for an Extended Cyclic Prefix (ECP), the time domain density of the PTRS may be configured by protocol pre-defined or higher layer signaling: the PTRS is continuously mapped on each symbol of the PUSCH (or PDSCH). In this way, PTRS can be used to assist Doppler frequency offset estimation in a high speed and large delay spread scenario.
具体地,该第一指示信息包括该终端的调制编码模式(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)。Specifically, the first indication information includes a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) of the terminal.
应理解,对于低MCS的业务,相位噪声跟踪性能的要求较低,可以的减小PTRS的 时域密度。换句话说,可以不必在每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射PTRS,可以间隔DFT-s-OFDM符号映射PTRS,例如每隔2个DFT-s-OFDM符号或每隔4个DFT-s-OFDM符号映射PTRS。It should be understood that for low MCS traffic, the phase noise tracking performance is less demanding and the time domain density of the PTRS can be reduced. In other words, it may not be necessary to map the PTRS on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol, and the DFT-s-OFDM symbol may be mapped to the PTRS, for example every 2 DFT-s-OFDM symbols or every 4 DFT-s- The OFDM symbol maps PTRS.
本实施例根据MCS来确定PTRS的时域密度,可以有效降低开销。In this embodiment, the time domain density of the PTRS is determined according to the MCS, and the overhead can be effectively reduced.
可选地,在上述PTRS处理方法300的某些实施例中,该第一指示信息还用于指示PTRS块数量,该PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块(Chunk)的数量。Optionally, in some embodiments of the foregoing PTRS processing method 300, the first indication information is further used to indicate a number of PTRS blocks, where the number of PTRS blocks represents a mapping on a DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS. The number of PTRS blocks (Chunk).
具体地,该第一指示信息包括该终端的调度带宽。换句话说,由调度带宽来确定Chunk的数量,且调度带宽越大,Chunk的数量越大,反之亦然。Specifically, the first indication information includes a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal. In other words, the number of Chunks is determined by the scheduling bandwidth, and the larger the scheduling bandwidth, the larger the number of Chunks, and vice versa.
以图1所示的DFT-s-OFDM符号(包括48个调制符号)为例,Chunk的数量与调度带宽的对应关系如表11所示,其中NRB表示为LTE系统分配的RB数量。Taking the DFT-s-OFDM symbol (including 48 modulation symbols) shown in FIG. 1 as an example, the correspondence between the number of Chunk and the scheduling bandwidth is as shown in Table 11, where NRB indicates the number of RBs allocated for the LTE system.
表11Table 11
调度带宽Scheduling bandwidth Chunk数目Chunk number
0<=NRB<NRB10<=NRB<NRB1 11
NRB1<=NRB<NRB2NRB1<=NRB<NRB2 22
NRB2<=NRB<NRB3NRB2<=NRB<NRB3 44
NRB3<=NRB<NRB4NRB3<=NRB<NRB4 88
NRB4<=NRB<NRB5NRB4<=NRB<NRB5 1616
NRB5<=NRBNRB5<=NRB 3232
应理解,PTRS的数目越多,对相噪及频移的跟踪性能越好。然而,当为某个终端分配的带宽不足时,过多的PTRS所具有的开销过大,会降低用户吞吐量。因此,PTRS的数目可随调度带宽增大而增加,随调度带宽的减小而减少,可以实现,在大带宽场景中实现较高的相位噪声跟踪性能,在小带宽场景中,避免开销过大。It should be understood that the greater the number of PTRS, the better the tracking performance for phase noise and frequency shift. However, when the bandwidth allocated for a terminal is insufficient, excessive PTRS has an excessive overhead, which reduces user throughput. Therefore, the number of PTRSs may increase as the scheduling bandwidth increases, and decreases as the scheduling bandwidth decreases. This can be achieved, achieving high phase noise tracking performance in a large bandwidth scenario, and avoiding excessive overhead in a small bandwidth scenario. .
具体地,在上述结合表11描述的实施例中,可以预先通过下行信令将Chunk的数量与调度带宽的对应关系通知给终端。例如,下行信令为下列信息中的任一种:系统信息(system information,SI)、指无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令、MAC控制元素(MAC Control Element,MAC-CE)、或下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)。Specifically, in the foregoing embodiment described in conjunction with Table 11, the correspondence between the number of Chunks and the scheduling bandwidth may be notified to the terminal in advance through downlink signaling. For example, the downlink signaling is any one of the following information: system information (SI), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, MAC Control Element (MAC-CE), Or Downlink Control Information (DCI).
可选地,在上述结合表11描述的实施例中,还可以通过协议将Chunk的数量与调度带宽的对应关系配置到终端中,即终端预存储Chunk的数量与调度带宽的对应关系信息。Optionally, in the foregoing embodiment, the correspondence between the number of the Chunk and the scheduling bandwidth is configured in the terminal by using a protocol, that is, the terminal pre-stores the correspondence relationship between the number of the Chunk and the scheduling bandwidth.
综上所述,在本发明实施例提供的PTRS处理方法300中,通过在将PTRS映射到DFT-s-OFDM符号上的过程中,对于PTRS进行时域偏移处理,在一定程度上,可以避免不同终端的DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射PTRS的时域位置彼此重叠,从而可以避免不同终端之间的PTRS碰撞,进而可以有效提高相位噪声跟踪精度。In summary, in the PTRS processing method 300 provided by the embodiment of the present invention, by performing time domain offset processing on the PTRS in the process of mapping the PTRS onto the DFT-s-OFDM symbol, to a certain extent, The time domain locations of the mapped PTRSs on the DFT-s-OFDM symbols of different terminals are prevented from overlapping each other, so that PTRS collisions between different terminals can be avoided, and the phase noise tracking accuracy can be effectively improved.
如图6所示,本发明实施例还提供一种PTRS处理方法600。图6中的网络设备可以对应于图2中的网络设备210,图6中的终端可以对应于图2中的终端220a。该PTRS处理方法600包括:As shown in FIG. 6, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a PTRS processing method 600. The network device in FIG. 6 may correspond to the network device 210 in FIG. 2, and the terminal in FIG. 6 may correspond to the terminal 220a in FIG. The PTRS processing method 600 includes:
610,网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息与第二指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示 该终端发送PTRS的时域位置,该第二指示信息用于指示码分复用信息,该码分复用信息用于对映射到离散傅里叶变换扩频的正交频分复用DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理。610. The network device sends the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, where the second indication information is used to indicate code division multiplexing information, where the code The sub-multiplexing information is used for code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS on the orthogonal frequency division multiplexing DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped to the discrete Fourier transform.
具体地,PTRS的时域位置指的是,将PTRS映射到子帧上时的时域位置,该子帧例如包括7个或14个DFT-S-OFDM符号。Specifically, the time domain location of the PTRS refers to a time domain location when the PTRS is mapped onto the subframe, and the subframe includes, for example, 7 or 14 DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
具体地,码分复用信息可以为正交码或者相位旋转因子,下文将详细介绍。Specifically, the code division multiplexing information may be an orthogonal code or a phase rotation factor, which will be described in detail below.
620,该终端根据该第一指示信息和该第二指示信息,将PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用该码分复用信息对映射到该一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理。620. The terminal maps the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and maps the pair of DFTs to the one or more DFTs by using the code division multiplexing information pair. The PTRS on the -s-OFDM symbol performs code division multiplexing processing.
具体地,首先,根据第一指示信息所指示的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上;然后对映射到DFT-s-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理。Specifically, first, the PTRS is mapped to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information; and then the PTRS mapped to the DFT-s-OFDM symbol is coded. Sub-multiplex processing.
630,该终端发送经过步骤620处理得到的该一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。630. The terminal sends the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols processed through step 620.
具体地,如图6所示,终端向网络设备发送经过步骤620处理得到的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。对应地,网络设备接收来自于终端的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 6, the terminal transmits one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols processed through step 620 to the network device. Correspondingly, the network device receives one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols from the terminal.
现有技术中,通常按照预定的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,当有多个终端发送DFT-S-OFDM符号时,容易出现多个终端发送的DFT-S-OFDM符号所映射的PTRS的时域配置重叠的问题,从而产生不同终端之间的PTRS碰撞。In the prior art, a PTRS is usually mapped to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to a time domain location of a predetermined PTRS, and when a plurality of terminals transmit DFT-S-OFDM symbols, multiple terminals are prone to occur. The time domain configuration of the PTRS mapped by the transmitted DFT-S-OFDM symbol overlaps, thereby generating a PTRS collision between different terminals.
而在本发明实施例中,在按照网络设备所指示的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上之后,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理,能够实现不同终端的PTRS的正交化,从而可以克服不同用户间PTRS碰撞的问题,尤其能够解决同一小区中不同用户之间的PTRS碰撞。In the embodiment of the present invention, after mapping the PTRS to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the network device, performing code division on the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol. With the processing, the orthogonalization of the PTRS of different terminals can be realized, so that the problem of PTRS collision between different users can be overcome, and in particular, the PTRS collision between different users in the same cell can be solved.
可选地,作为一种实现方式,该码分复用信息为正交码OCC;Optionally, as an implementation manner, the code division multiplexing information is an orthogonal code OCC;
其中,在步骤620中,利用该码分复用信息对映射到该一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理,包括:利用该OCC,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块的PTRS进行正交掩码处理。In step 620, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information, including: using the OCC, mapping each PTRS The PTRS of each PTRS block mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbols is subjected to orthogonal mask processing.
具体地,假设按照第一指示信息所指示的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上后,映射到DFT-s-OFDM符号上的每个PTRS块(Chunk)内包括4个PTRS,则可以生成正交码为:{1,1,1,1},{1,1,-1,-1},{1,-1,1,-1}和{1,-1,-1,1}。如果4个终端分别采用上述正交码中的4个码对各自的DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行正交掩码处理,则可以实现,这4个终端之间的PTRS彼此保持正交。当然,2个终端分别采用上述正交码中的任意2个码对各自的DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行正交掩码处理,则可以实现,这2个终端之间的PTRS彼此保持正交。Specifically, after mapping the PTRS to one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information, mapping to each PTRS block on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol ( Chunk) includes 4 PTRSs, which can generate orthogonal codes: {1,1,1,1}, {1,1,-1,-1}, {1,-1,1,-1} and {1,-1,-1,1}. If the four terminals respectively perform orthogonal mask processing on the PTRSs mapped on the respective DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the four codes of the orthogonal codes, the PTRS between the four terminals can be maintained. Orthogonal. Certainly, the two terminals respectively perform orthogonal mask processing on the PTRS mapped on the respective DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using any two of the orthogonal codes, and the PTRS between the two terminals can be implemented. Keep each other orthogonal.
可选地,在本实施例中,该第二指示信息可以为下列信息中的至少一种:该终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、该终端的PTRS端口号或该终端的终端标识。Optionally, in this embodiment, the second indication information may be at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, or a terminal identifier of the terminal.
换句话说,终端可以根据终端的DMRS端口号、PTRS端口号或终端标识,来选择自己的正交码。In other words, the terminal can select its own orthogonal code according to the DMRS port number, PTRS port number or terminal identifier of the terminal.
应理解,对于同一小区内的终端,各自的DMRS端口号互不相同,各自的PTRS端口 号也互不相同,因此不同终端的DMRS/PTRS端口号对应的码分复用信息不同。It should be understood that, for terminals in the same cell, the respective DMRS port numbers are different from each other, and the respective PTRS port numbers are also different from each other. Therefore, the code division multiplexing information corresponding to the DMRS/PTRS port numbers of different terminals is different.
以DMRS端口号举例说明。假设,当前小区中的上行DMRS端口号包括41,42,43与44,映射到DFT-s-OFDM符号上的每个Chunk包括4个PTRS,正交码为上述的{1,1,1,1},{1,1,-1,-1},{1,-1,1,-1}和{1,-1,-1,1},则这些DMRS端口号与正交码的对应关系如表12所示。Take the DMRS port number as an example. It is assumed that the uplink DMRS port number in the current cell includes 41, 42, 43 and 44, and each Chunk mapped to the DFT-s-OFDM symbol includes 4 PTRSs, and the orthogonal code is the above {1, 1, 1, 1}, {1,1,-1,-1}, {1,-1,1,-1} and {1,-1,-1,1}, then the correspondence between these DMRS port numbers and orthogonal codes The relationship is shown in Table 12.
表12Table 12
DMRS端口号DMRS port number 正交码Orthogonal code
4141 {1,1,1,1}{1,1,1,1}
4242 {1,1,-1,-1}{1,1,-1,-1}
4343 {1,-1,1,-1}{1,-1,1,-1}
4444 {1,-1,-1,1}{1,-1,-1,1}
例如,如果终端1的DMRS端口号为41,则选择正交码{1,1,1,1}处理DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的每个Chunk内的PTRS;如果终端2的DMRS端口号为44,则选择正交码{1,-1,-1,1}处理DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的每个Chunk内的PTRS。应理解,经过上述正交掩码处理后,终端1的DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS与终端2的DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS满足正交化,因此,可以避免冲突。For example, if the DMRS port number of the terminal 1 is 41, the orthogonal code {1, 1, 1, 1} is selected to process the PTRS in each Chunk mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol; if the DMRS port of the terminal 2 The number is 44, and the orthogonal code {1, -1, -1, 1} is selected to process the PTRS in each Chunk mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol. It should be understood that after the orthogonal mask processing described above, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol of the terminal 1 and the PTRS mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol of the terminal 2 are orthogonalized, and thus, can be avoided. conflict.
可选地,针对不同小区的场景,在上述某些实施例中,该第二指示信息还可以为该终端的小区标识ID。Optionally, for a scenario of a different cell, in some embodiments, the second indication information may also be a cell identifier ID of the terminal.
应理解,对于不同小区的终端,其所在小区的小区标识互不相同,因此不同终端的小区标识对应的正交码不同。It should be understood that, for terminals of different cells, the cell identifiers of the cells in which they are located are different from each other, and therefore the orthogonal codes corresponding to the cell identifiers of different terminals are different.
具体地,假设,映射到DFT-s-OFDM符号上的每个Chunk包括4个PTRS,正交码为上述的{1,1,1,1},{1,1,-1,-1},{1,-1,1,-1}和{1,-1,-1,1},则不同小区ID与正交码的对应关系如表13所示。Specifically, it is assumed that each Chunk mapped to a DFT-s-OFDM symbol includes four PTRSs, and the orthogonal codes are the above-mentioned {1, 1, 1, 1}, {1, 1, -1, -1} , {1, -1, 1, -1} and {1, -1, -1, 1}, the correspondence between different cell IDs and orthogonal codes is as shown in Table 13.
表13Table 13
小区IDCell ID 正交码Orthogonal code
ID_1ID_1 {1,1,1,1}{1,1,1,1}
ID_2ID_2 {1,1,-1,-1}{1,1,-1,-1}
ID_3ID_3 {1,-1,1,-1}{1,-1,1,-1}
ID_4ID_4 {1,-1,-1,1}{1,-1,-1,1}
例如,如果终端1的小区ID为ID_1,则选择正交码{1,1,1,1}处理DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的每个Chunk内的PTRS;如果终端2的小区ID为ID_4,则选择正交码{1,-1,-1,1}处理DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的每个Chunk内的PTRS。应理解,经过上述正交掩码处理后,终端1的DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS与终端2的DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS满足正交化,因此,可以避免冲突。For example, if the cell ID of the terminal 1 is ID_1, the orthogonal code {1, 1, 1, 1} is selected to process the PTRS in each Chunk mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol; if the cell ID of the terminal 2 is ID_4, then the orthogonal code {1, -1, -1, 1} is selected to process the PTRS in each Chunk mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol. It should be understood that after the orthogonal mask processing described above, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol of the terminal 1 and the PTRS mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol of the terminal 2 are orthogonalized, and thus, can be avoided. conflict.
具体地,在上述结合表12或表13描述的实施例中,可以预先通过下行信令将正交码与DMRS端口号(或PTRS端口号或小区ID)之间的对应关系通知给终端,即,发送DMRS端口号与正交码的对应关系信息给终端;或者,发送PTRS端口号与正交码的对应关系信 息给终端;或者,发送小区ID与正交码的对应关系信息给终端。例如,下行信令为下列信息中的任一种:系统信息(system information,SI)、指无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令、MAC控制元素(MAC Control Element,MAC-CE)、或下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)。Specifically, in the foregoing embodiment described in conjunction with Table 12 or Table 13, the correspondence between the orthogonal code and the DMRS port number (or PTRS port number or cell ID) may be notified to the terminal in advance through downlink signaling, that is, And transmitting the correspondence information of the DMRS port number and the orthogonal code to the terminal; or sending the correspondence information of the PTRS port number and the orthogonal code to the terminal; or sending the correspondence relationship between the cell ID and the orthogonal code to the terminal. For example, the downlink signaling is any one of the following information: system information (SI), radio resource control (RRC) signaling, MAC Control Element (MAC-CE), Or Downlink Control Information (DCI).
可选地,在上述结合表12或表13描述的实施例中,还可以通过协议将正交码与DMRS端口号(或PTRS端口号或小区ID)之间的对应关系配置到终端中,即终端预存储DMRS端口号与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息、或者预存储PTRS端口号与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息、或者小区ID与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息。Optionally, in the foregoing embodiment described in conjunction with Table 12 or Table 13, the correspondence between the orthogonal code and the DMRS port number (or PTRS port number or cell ID) may also be configured into the terminal by using a protocol, that is, The terminal pre-stores correspondence information between the DMRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set, or pre-stores correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set, or correspondence information between the cell ID and the PTRS mapping location set.
可选地,作为另一种实现方式,该码分复用信息为相位旋转因子。Optionally, as another implementation manner, the code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor.
其中,在步骤620中,利用该码分复用信息对映射到该一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理,包括:利用该相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理。In step 620, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information, including: using the phase rotation factor, mapping the PTRS by using the phase rotation factor Each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol is subjected to phase rotation processing.
具体地,假设按照第一指示信息所指示的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上后,假设映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上包括N个PTRS块(Chunk),对每个chunk的PTRS乘以一个相位旋转因子。Specifically, after the PTRS is mapped to one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information, it is assumed that each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with the PTRS is included. N PTRS blocks (Chunk), multiplying the PTRS of each chunk by a phase rotation factor.
具体地,利用如下公式所示的相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的第(n+1)个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理:Specifically, phase rotation processing is performed on the (n+1)th PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using a phase rotation factor as shown in the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000006
其中,j为复数符号,N表示映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量,n=0,1,…,N-1,N 1表示为该终端分配的终端级相位旋转因子。 Wherein, j is the complex symbols, N indicates the number of mapped blocks PTRS each DFT-s-OFDM symbol PTRS the mapped, n = 0,1, ..., N -1, N 1 represents the terminal that is allocated Terminal level phase rotation factor.
可选地,在本实施例中,该第二指示信息为下列信息中的至少一种:该终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、该终端的PTRS端口号与该终端的终端标识ID。Optionally, in this embodiment, the second indication information is at least one of the following information: a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, and a terminal identifier ID of the terminal.
换句话说,终端可以根据该终端的DMRS端口号、PTRS端口号或终端标识ID,来确定用于对PTRS进行相位旋转处理的相位旋转因子。例如,在上述结合公式(1)描述的实施例中,根据该终端的DMRS端口号、PTRS端口号或终端标识ID,来确定为该终端分配的终端级相位旋转因子N 1In other words, the terminal may determine a phase rotation factor for performing phase rotation processing on the PTRS according to the DMRS port number, the PTRS port number, or the terminal identification ID of the terminal. For example, in the above-described embodiment described in connection with equation (1), the terminal-level phase rotation factor N 1 allocated for the terminal is determined according to the DMRS port number, PTRS port number or terminal identification ID of the terminal.
以DMRS端口号为例,假设当前小区中的上行DMRS端口号包括41,42,43与44,则为当前小区中的各个终端分配的终端级相位旋转因子N 1与这些DMRS端口号之间的对应关系如表14所示。 Taking the DMRS port number as an example, if the uplink DMRS port number in the current cell includes 41, 42, 43, and 44, the terminal-level phase rotation factor N 1 allocated to each terminal in the current cell and the DMRS port number are The correspondence is shown in Table 14.
表14Table 14
DMRS端口号DMRS port number N1N1
4141 00
4242 N/4N/4
4343 N/2N/2
4444 3N/43N/4
例如,如果终端1的DMRS端口号为41,其终端级相位旋转因子N 1为0,则结合上 述公式(1)以及N 1=0,计算得到一个Chunk级的相位旋转因子,然后根据计算得到的相位旋转因子对DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的每个Chunk做处理。如果终端2的DMRS端口号为44,其终端级相位旋转因子N 1为3N/4,则结合上述公式(1)以及N 1=3N/4,计算得到一个Chunk级的相位旋转因子,然后根据计算得到的相位旋转因子对DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的每个Chunk做处理。应理解,经过上述相位旋转处理后,终端1的DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS与终端2的DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS满足正交化,因此,可以避免小区内终端之间的PTRS碰撞。 For example, if the DMRS port number of the terminal 1 is 41 and the terminal-stage phase rotation factor N 1 is 0, a phase rotation factor of a Chunk level is calculated by combining the above formula (1) and N 1 =0, and then calculated according to the calculation. The phase rotation factor is processed for each Chunk mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol. If the DMRS port number of the terminal 2 is 44 and the terminal-stage phase rotation factor N 1 is 3N/4, a phase rotation factor of a Chunk level is calculated according to the above formula (1) and N 1 = 3N/4, and then The calculated phase rotation factor processes each Chunk mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol. It should be understood that after the phase rotation processing described above, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol of the terminal 1 and the PTRS mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol of the terminal 2 are orthogonalized, and thus, the intra-cell can be avoided. PTRS collision between terminals.
可选地,针对不同小区的场景,在上述关于相位旋转的实施例中,该第二指示信息还可以为该终端的小区标识ID。Optionally, for the scenario of the different cell, in the foregoing embodiment about phase rotation, the second indication information may also be a cell identifier ID of the terminal.
应理解,对于不同小区的终端,其所在小区的小区标识互不相同,因此不同终端的小区标识对应的相位旋转因子不同。It should be understood that, for terminals of different cells, the cell identifiers of the cells in which they are located are different from each other, and therefore the cell tune factors corresponding to the cell identifiers of different terminals are different.
例如,不同小区ID与为不同小区中的终端分配的终端级相位旋转因子N 1之间的对应关系如表15所示。 For example, the correspondence between different cell IDs and terminal-level phase rotation factors N 1 allocated for terminals in different cells is as shown in Table 15.
表15Table 15
小区IDCell ID N1N1
ID_1ID_1 00
ID_2ID_2 N/4N/4
ID_3ID_3 N/2N/2
ID_4ID_4 3N/43N/4
例如,如果终端1的小区ID为ID_1,其终端级相位旋转因子N 1为0,则结合上述公式(1)以及N 1=0,计算得到一个Chunk级的相位旋转因子,然后根据计算得到的相位旋转因子对DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的每个Chunk做处理。如果终端2的小区ID为ID_4,其终端级相位旋转因子N 1为3N/4,则结合上述公式(1)以及N 1=3N/4,计算得到一个Chunk级的相位旋转因子,然后根据计算得到的相位旋转因子对DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的每个Chunk做处理。应理解,经过上述相位旋转处理后,终端1的DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS与终端2的DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS满足正交化,因此,可以避免不同小区的终端之间的PTRS碰撞。 For example, if the cell ID of the terminal 1 is ID_1 and the terminal-level phase rotation factor N 1 is 0, a phase rotation factor of a Chunk level is calculated according to the above formula (1) and N 1 =0, and then calculated according to the calculation. The phase rotation factor processes each Chunk mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol. If the cell ID of the terminal 2 is ID_4 and the terminal-level phase rotation factor N 1 is 3N/4, a phase rotation factor of a Chunk level is calculated according to the above formula (1) and N 1 = 3N/4, and then calculated according to the calculation. The resulting phase rotation factor processes each Chunk mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol. It should be understood that after the phase rotation processing described above, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol of the terminal 1 and the PTRS mapped on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol of the terminal 2 are orthogonalized, and thus, different cells can be avoided. The PTRS collision between the terminals.
具体地,在上述结合表14或表15描述的实施例中,可以预先通过下行信令将终端级相位旋转因子N 1与DMRS端口号(或PTRS端口号或小区ID)之间的对应关系通知给终端,即,发送DMRS端口号与终端级相位旋转因子N 1的对应关系信息给终端;或者,发送PTRS端口号与终端级相位旋转因子N 1的对应关系信息给终端;或者,发送小区ID与终端级相位旋转因子N 1的对应关系信息给终端。例如,下行信令为下列信息中的任一种:系统信息(system information,SI)、RRC信令、MAC-CE、或DCI。 Specifically, in the foregoing embodiment described in conjunction with Table 14 or Table 15, the correspondence between the terminal-level phase rotation factor N 1 and the DMRS port number (or PTRS port number or cell ID) may be notified in advance by downlink signaling. Giving the terminal, that is, transmitting the correspondence relationship between the DMRS port number and the terminal-level phase rotation factor N 1 to the terminal; or transmitting the correspondence relationship between the PTRS port number and the terminal-level phase rotation factor N 1 to the terminal; or transmitting the cell ID Correspondence information with the terminal level phase rotation factor N 1 is given to the terminal. For example, the downlink signaling is any one of the following information: system information (SI), RRC signaling, MAC-CE, or DCI.
可选地,在上述结合表14或表15描述的实施例中,还可以通过协议将终端级相位旋转因子N 1与DMRS端口号(或PTRS端口号或小区ID)之间的对应关系配置到终端中,即终端预存储DMRS端口号与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息、或者预存储PTRS端口号与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息、或者小区ID与PTRS映射位置集合的对应关系信息。 Optionally, in the foregoing embodiment described in conjunction with Table 14 or Table 15, the correspondence between the terminal-level phase rotation factor N 1 and the DMRS port number (or PTRS port number or cell ID) may also be configured by using a protocol to In the terminal, the terminal pre-stores correspondence information between the DMRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set, or pre-stores correspondence information between the PTRS port number and the PTRS mapping location set, or the correspondence relationship between the cell ID and the PTRS mapping location set.
可选地,在上述PTRS处理方法600的某些实施例中,其特征在于,该第一指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。Optionally, in some embodiments of the foregoing PTRS processing method 600, the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
具体地,该第一指示信息包括该终端的调制编码模式MCS。详细描述参见上文在PTRS处理方法300中的相关描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the first indication information includes a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal. For a detailed description, refer to the related description in the PTRS processing method 300. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
可选地,在上述PTRS处理方法600的某些实施例中,该第一指示信息还用于指示PTRS块数量,该PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块(Chunk)的数量。Optionally, in some implementations of the PTRS processing method 600, the first indication information is further used to indicate a number of PTRS blocks, where the number of PTRS blocks indicates that the DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped to the PTRS is mapped. The number of PTRS blocks (Chunk).
具体地,该第一指示信息包括该终端的调度带宽。换句话说,由调度带宽来确定Chunk的数量,且调度带宽越大,Chunk的数量越大,反之亦然。详细描述参见上文在PTRS处理方法300中的相关描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the first indication information includes a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal. In other words, the number of Chunks is determined by the scheduling bandwidth, and the larger the scheduling bandwidth, the larger the number of Chunks, and vice versa. For a detailed description, refer to the related description in the PTRS processing method 300. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
综上所述,在本发明实施例提供的PTRS处理方法600中,在按照网络设备所指示的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上之后,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理,能够实现不同终端的PTRS的正交化,从而可以克服不同用户间PTRS碰撞的问题,尤其能够解决同一小区中不同用户之间的PTRS碰撞,从而提高相位噪声跟踪精度。In summary, in the PTRS processing method 600 provided by the embodiment of the present invention, after mapping the PTRS to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the network device, mapping to the DFT-S The PTRS on the OFDM symbol performs code division multiplexing processing, which can implement orthogonalization of PTRS of different terminals, thereby overcoming the problem of PTRS collision between different users, and in particular, can solve the PTRS collision between different users in the same cell, thereby Improve phase noise tracking accuracy.
如图7所示,本发明实施例还提供一种PTRS处理方法700,图7中的网络设备可以对应于图2中的网络设备210,图7中的终端可以对应于图2中的终端220a。该PTRS处理方法700包括:As shown in FIG. 7, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a PTRS processing method 700. The network device in FIG. 7 may correspond to the network device 210 in FIG. 2, and the terminal in FIG. 7 may correspond to the terminal 220a in FIG. . The PTRS processing method 700 includes:
710,网络设备向终端发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该终端发送PTRS的时域位置。对应地,终端接收来自网络设备的该指示信息。710. The network device sends indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends the time domain location of the PTRS. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the indication information from the network device.
该指示信息对应于上述某些实施例中的第一指示信息,具体描述详见上文,这里不再赘述。The indication information corresponds to the first indication information in some of the foregoing embodiments, and the detailed description is detailed above, and details are not described herein again.
720,该终端根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列。720. The terminal obtains a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located.
具体地,该伪随机序列可以为gold序列或m序列等{0,1}序列,或者,该伪随机序列也可以为ZC序列。Specifically, the pseudo random sequence may be a {0, 1} sequence such as a gold sequence or an m sequence, or the pseudo random sequence may also be a ZC sequence.
不同小区标识对应不同的伪随机序列。Different cell identifiers correspond to different pseudo-random sequences.
730,该终端根据该指示信息,将PTRS映射到一个或多个离散傅里叶变换扩频的正交频分复用DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用该伪随机序列对映射到该一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行加扰处理。730. The terminal maps, according to the indication information, a PTRS to one or more discrete Fourier transform spread Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and maps the pseudo PN sequence to the one. The PTRS on the plurality of DFT-s-OFDM symbols is scrambled.
具体地,首先根据该指示信息,将PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上;然后利用该伪随机序列,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行加扰处理。Specifically, the PTRS is first mapped to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the indication information; then, the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled by using the pseudo random sequence.
例如,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行加扰处理指的是,将映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS与该伪随机序列相乘。下文将详细描述该加扰处理过程。For example, scrambling a PTRS mapped onto a DFT-S-OFDM symbol means multiplying a PTRS mapped onto a DFT-S-OFDM symbol by the pseudo-random sequence. This scrambling process will be described in detail below.
740,该终端发送经过步骤730处理得到的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号。740. The terminal sends one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols processed through step 730.
具体地,如图7所示,终端向网络设备发送经过步骤730处理得到的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。对应地,网络设备接收来自于终端的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 7, the terminal transmits one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols processed through step 730 to the network device. Correspondingly, the network device receives one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols from the terminal.
需要说明的是,图7所示的实施例主要适用于不同小区的终端之间的PTRS处理。It should be noted that the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 is mainly applicable to PTRS processing between terminals of different cells.
现有技术中,通常按照预定的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,当有多个终端发送DFT-S-OFDM符号时,容易出现多个终端发送 的DFT-S-OFDM符号所映射的PTRS的时域配置重叠的问题,从而产生不同终端之间的PTRS碰撞。In the prior art, a PTRS is usually mapped to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to a time domain location of a predetermined PTRS, and when a plurality of terminals transmit DFT-S-OFDM symbols, multiple terminals are prone to occur. The time domain configuration of the PTRS mapped by the transmitted DFT-S-OFDM symbol overlaps, thereby generating a PTRS collision between different terminals.
而在本实施例中,根据终端所在小区的小区标识确定伪随机序列,然后利用该伪随机序列,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行加扰处理。由于不同小区标识对应的伪随机序列不同,因此,经过上述处理过程,不同小区的终端的DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS能够维持干扰随机化。例如,在接收端设备处,来自临近小区的DFT-S-OFDM用户发送的DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS表现为随机序列,从而可达到干扰随机化的目的,从而可以避免不同小区的用户间PTRS碰撞的问题。In this embodiment, the pseudo random sequence is determined according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located, and then the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol is scrambled by using the pseudo random sequence. Since the pseudo-random sequences corresponding to different cell identifiers are different, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminals of different cells can maintain interference randomization through the above processing. For example, at the receiving end device, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol sent by the DFT-S-OFDM user from the neighboring cell appears as a random sequence, so that the purpose of interference randomization can be achieved, thereby avoiding the different cells. The problem of PTRS collision between users.
可选地,作为一种实现方式,在步骤720中,该终端只根据该终端所在小区的小区标识,获得小区级伪随机序列。Optionally, as an implementation manner, in step 720, the terminal obtains a cell-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located.
可选地,作为另一种实现方式,在步骤720中,该终端根据该终端所在小区的小区标识与该终端的终端标识,获得终端级伪随机序列。Optionally, in another implementation manner, in step 720, the terminal obtains a terminal-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
例如,该终端的终端标识为该终端的无无线网络临时标识(Radio Network Temporary Identity,RNTI)。For example, the terminal identifier of the terminal is a Radio Network Temporary Identity (RNTI) of the terminal.
具体地,终端根据小区标识与该终端的RNTI,获得扰码序列a(n)。然后可采用a(n)的一个子集,对映射到DFT-s-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行加扰。例如,首先,将a(n)的一个子集转换为{1,-1}形式的调制序列;然后,将该调制序列与映射到DFT-s-OFDM符号上的PTRS一一对应相乘。其中,该调制序列可以是BPSK序列或QPSK序列。Specifically, the terminal obtains the scrambling code sequence a(n) according to the cell identifier and the RNTI of the terminal. The PTRS mapped onto the DFT-s-OFDM symbol can then be scrambled using a subset of a(n). For example, first, a subset of a(n) is converted into a modulation sequence of the form {1, -1}; then, the modulation sequence is multiplied by a one-to-one correspondence with the PTRS mapped onto the DFT-s-OFDM symbol. Wherein, the modulation sequence may be a BPSK sequence or a QPSK sequence.
下面以终端级伪随机序列为例,描述步骤730中利用伪随机序列对映射到该一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行加扰处理的过程。The process of scrambling the PTRS mapped to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using a pseudo-random sequence in step 730 is described below by taking a terminal-level pseudo-random sequence as an example.
1)根据小区标识(N_cell)和终端标识(n_RNTI),得到一个序列的初始化因子(c_ini),记c_ini=f(N_cell,n_RNTI)。1) According to the cell identifier (N_cell) and the terminal identifier (n_RNTI), a sequence initialization factor (c_ini) is obtained, and c_ini=f(N_cell, n_RNTI) is recorded.
2)根据c_ini和一定的序列生成规则,得到伪随机序列c(n)。2) According to c_ini and a certain sequence generation rule, a pseudo-random sequence c(n) is obtained.
具体地,伪随机序列c(n)的长度可以对应于一个DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS的数量,也可以对应多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS数目。Specifically, the length of the pseudo-random sequence c(n) may correspond to the number of PTRSs mapped on one DFT-S-OFDM symbol, and may also correspond to the number of PTRSs mapped on multiple DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
例如,如果终端发送的子帧中包括一个DFT-S-OFDM符号,则(n)的长度对应于一个DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS的数量。如果终端发送的子帧中包括多个DFT-S-OFDM符号,则(n)的长度对应于该多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS的数量。For example, if a DFT-S-OFDM symbol is included in a subframe transmitted by a terminal, the length of (n) corresponds to the number of PTRSs mapped on one DFT-S-OFDM symbol. If a plurality of DFT-S-OFDM symbols are included in a subframe transmitted by the terminal, the length of (n) corresponds to the number of PTRSs mapped on the plurality of DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
3)将c(n)转化为调制符号d(k)。3) Convert c(n) into modulation symbol d(k).
具体地,d(k)可以是取值为{1,-1}的BPSK符号(或QPSK序列),也可以是复数值的QPSK符号。Specifically, d(k) may be a BPSK symbol (or a QPSK sequence) having a value of {1, -1}, or may be a complex-valued QPSK symbol.
4)将d(k)与一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS符号一一对应相乘。4) Multiply d(k) by one-to-one correspondence with the PTRS symbols mapped on one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
可选地,作为另一种实现方式,在步骤720中,该伪随机序列可以复用已有的序列,例如,数据加扰序列。Optionally, as another implementation manner, in step 720, the pseudo random sequence may multiplex an existing sequence, for example, a data scrambling sequence.
在LTE中,每个终端均根据RNTI和小区ID生成扰码序列,记为a(n),然后利用该扰码序列,对编码后、调制前的比特进行加扰。因此,可以直接将该扰码序列a(n)作为步骤720中的伪随机序列。In LTE, each terminal generates a scrambling code sequence according to the RNTI and the cell ID, denoted as a(n), and then uses the scrambling code sequence to scramble the encoded and pre-modulated bits. Therefore, the scrambling code sequence a(n) can be directly used as the pseudo-random sequence in step 720.
具体地,可采用a(n)的一个子集,对PTRS进行加扰。例如,取a(n)的一个子集,将 该子集转换为{1,-1}形式的BPSK序列(或QPSK序列),然后,将该PTRS序列与DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS一一相乘。Specifically, a subset of a(n) may be employed to scramble the PTRS. For example, taking a subset of a(n), converting the subset to a BPSK sequence (or QPSK sequence) of the form {1,-1}, and then mapping the PTRS sequence to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol PTRS multiplies one by one.
可选地,在上述PTRS处理方法700的某些实施例中,其特征在于,该指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。Optionally, in some embodiments of the foregoing PTRS processing method 700, the indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
具体地,该指示信息包括该终端的调制编码模式MCS。该指示信息对应于上文实施例中的第一指示信息,具体描述参见上文在PTRS处理方法300中的相关描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the indication information includes a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal. The indication information corresponds to the first indication information in the foregoing embodiment. For details, refer to the related description in the PTRS processing method 300. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
可选地,在上述PTRS处理方法600的某些实施例中,该指示信息还用于指示PTRS块数量,该PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块(Chunk)的数量。Optionally, in some embodiments of the foregoing PTRS processing method 600, the indication information is further used to indicate a number of PTRS blocks, where the number of PTRS blocks indicates a PTRS block mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS. The number of (Chunk).
具体地,该指示信息包括该终端的调度带宽。换句话说,由调度带宽来确定Chunk的数量,且调度带宽越大,Chunk的数量越大,反之亦然。该指示信息对应于上文实施例中的第一指示信息,具体描述参见上文在PTRS处理方法300中的相关描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the indication information includes a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal. In other words, the number of Chunks is determined by the scheduling bandwidth, and the larger the scheduling bandwidth, the larger the number of Chunks, and vice versa. The indication information corresponds to the first indication information in the foregoing embodiment. For details, refer to the related description in the PTRS processing method 300. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
综上所述,本发明实施例提供的PTRS处理方法700,根据终端所在小区的小区标识确定伪随机序列,然后利用该伪随机序列,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行加扰处理。由于不同小区标识对应的伪随机序列不同,因此,经过上述处理过程,不同小区的终端的DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS能够维持干扰随机化。例如,在接收端设备处,来自临近小区的DFT-S-OFDM用户发送的DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS表现为随机序列,从而可达到干扰随机化的目的,从而可以避免不同小区的用户间PTRS碰撞的问题。In summary, the PTRS processing method 700 provided by the embodiment of the present invention determines a pseudo random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located, and then uses the pseudo random sequence to scramble the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol. deal with. Since the pseudo-random sequences corresponding to different cell identifiers are different, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbols of the terminals of different cells can maintain interference randomization through the above processing. For example, at the receiving end device, the PTRS mapped on the DFT-S-OFDM symbol sent by the DFT-S-OFDM user from the neighboring cell appears as a random sequence, so that the purpose of interference randomization can be achieved, thereby avoiding the different cells. The problem of PTRS collision between users.
上文结合图6描述了对DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS进行正交化处理的方案,结合图7描述了对DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS进行随机干扰化处理的方案。其中,图6所示的实施例适用于克服同一小区内的终端之间的PTRS碰撞问题,图7所示的实施例适用于克服不同小区的终端之间的PTRS碰撞问题。实际应用中,可以根据不同的应用需求,灵活地选用相应地解决方案。例如,如果需要同时克服同一小区的终端之间的PTRS碰撞问题,与不同小区的终端之间的PTRS碰撞问题,可以结合使用图6与图7所示的方案。A scheme for orthogonalizing a PTRS mapped on a DFT-S-OFDM symbol is described above with reference to FIG. 6, and a scheme for performing random interference processing on a PTRS mapped on a DFT-S-OFDM symbol is described in conjunction with FIG. The embodiment shown in FIG. 6 is suitable for overcoming the PTRS collision problem between terminals in the same cell, and the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 is suitable for overcoming the PTRS collision problem between terminals in different cells. In practical applications, the corresponding solutions can be flexibly selected according to different application requirements. For example, if it is necessary to simultaneously overcome the PTRS collision problem between terminals of the same cell and the PTRS collision problem between terminals of different cells, the schemes shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 can be used in combination.
如图8所示,本发明实施例还提供一种PTRS处理方法800,该PTRS处理方法800可以看作是图6所示方法与图7所示方法的结合。该PTRS处理方法800包括:As shown in FIG. 8, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a PTRS processing method 800, which can be regarded as a combination of the method shown in FIG. 6 and the method shown in FIG. The PTRS processing method 800 includes:
810,网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息与第二指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该终端发送PTRS的时域位置,该第二指示信息用于指示码分复用信息,该码分复用信息用于对映射到离散傅里叶变换扩频的正交频分复用DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理。对应地,终端接收来自于网络设备的第一指示信息与第二指示信息。810. The network device sends the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, where the second indication information is used to indicate code division multiplexing information, where the code The sub-multiplexing information is used for code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS on the orthogonal frequency division multiplexing DFT-S-OFDM symbol mapped to the discrete Fourier transform. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the first indication information and the second indication information from the network device.
该步骤对应于图6所示实施例中的步骤710,具体描述详见上文,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。This step corresponds to step 710 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6. The detailed description is in detail above, and is not described herein again for brevity.
820,终端根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列。820. The terminal obtains a pseudo random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the cell is located.
该步骤对应于图7所示实施例中的步骤720,具体描述详见上文,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。This step corresponds to step 720 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7. The detailed description is in detail above, and is not described herein again for brevity.
830,终端根据该第一指示信息和该第二指示信息,将PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,以及利用该码分复用信息对映射到该一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理,并利用该伪随机序列对该进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理。830. The terminal maps the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and maps to the one or more DFTs by using the code division multiplexing information pair. The PTRS on the s-OFDM symbol performs code division multiplexing processing, and performs scrambling processing on the PTRS subjected to code division multiplexing processing using the pseudo random sequence.
具体地,首先,根据第一指示信息所指示的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上;然后利用码分复用信息,对DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;最后利用伪随机序列,对经过码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理。Specifically, first, mapping the PTRS to one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the first indication information; and then using the code division multiplexing information to the DFT-s-OFDM symbol The mapped PTRS performs code division multiplexing processing; finally, the PTRS subjected to code division multiplexing processing is scrambled by using a pseudo random sequence.
840,终端发送经过步骤830处理得到的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号。840. The terminal sends one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols processed through step 830.
具体地,如图8所示,终端向网络设备发送经过步骤830处理得到的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号,对应地,网络设备接收该一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8, the terminal sends one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols processed in step 830 to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols.
在本发明实施例中,在按照网络设备所指示的PTRS的时域位置,将PTRS映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上之后,对映射到DFT-S-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理与伪随机序列加扰处理,可以同时克服同一小区内的终端之间的PTRS碰撞问题与不同小区的终端之间的PTRS碰撞问题。In the embodiment of the present invention, after mapping the PTRS onto the DFT-S-OFDM symbol according to the time domain location of the PTRS indicated by the network device, performing code division multiplexing on the PTRS mapped to the DFT-S-OFDM symbol. Processing and pseudo-random sequence scrambling processing can simultaneously overcome the PTRS collision problem between terminals in the same cell and the PTRS collision problem between terminals in different cells.
可选地,该码分复用信息为正交码OCC;其中,在步骤830中,利用该码分复用信息对映射到该一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理,包括:利用该OCC,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块的PTRS进行正交掩码处理。Optionally, the code division multiplexing information is an orthogonal code OCC; wherein, in step 830, the PTRS mapped to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols is coded by using the code division multiplexing information. The multiplexing process includes: orthogonally masking the PTRS of each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the OCC.
具体描述详见上文图6所示实施例中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。For details, refer to the related description in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 above, and details are not described herein again.
可选地,该码分复用信息为相位旋转因子;Optionally, the code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor;
其中,在步骤830中,利用该码分复用信息对映射到该一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的PTRS进行码分复用处理,包括:利用该相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理。Wherein, in step 830, the PTRS mapped to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols is code-multiplexed by using the code division multiplexing information, including: using the phase rotation factor, the mapping has PTRS Each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol is subjected to phase rotation processing.
具体描述详见上文图6所示实施例中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。For details, refer to the related description in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 above, and details are not described herein again.
可选地,步骤830中的利用该伪随机序列对该进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理,包括:对该伪随机序列与进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行相乘计算。Optionally, performing the scrambling process on the PTRS subjected to the code division multiplexing process by using the pseudo random sequence in step 830, comprising: performing multiplication calculation on the pseudo random sequence and the PTRS after performing code division multiplexing processing .
步骤830中的利用该伪随机序列对该进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理,包括:对该伪随机序列与进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行相乘计算。The scrambling process of the PTRS subjected to the code division multiplexing process by using the pseudo random sequence in step 830 includes: multiplying the pseudo random sequence and the PTRS subjected to the code division multiplexing process.
具体地,对该伪随机序列与进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行相乘计算的过程如下:Specifically, the process of multiplying the pseudo random sequence with the PTRS after performing code division multiplexing processing is as follows:
1)根据小区标识(N_cell)和终端标识(n_RNTI),得到一个序列的初始化因子(c_ini),即c_ini=f(N_cell,n_RNTI)。1) According to the cell identifier (N_cell) and the terminal identifier (n_RNTI), a sequence initialization factor (c_ini) is obtained, that is, c_ini=f(N_cell, n_RNTI).
2)根据c_ini和一定的序列生成规则,得到伪随机序列c(n)。2) According to c_ini and a certain sequence generation rule, a pseudo-random sequence c(n) is obtained.
具体地,伪随机序列c(n)的长度可以对应于一个DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS的数量,也可以对应多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS数目。Specifically, the length of the pseudo-random sequence c(n) may correspond to the number of PTRSs mapped on one DFT-S-OFDM symbol, and may also correspond to the number of PTRSs mapped on multiple DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
例如,如果终端发送的子帧中包括一个DFT-S-OFDM符号,则(n)的长度对应于一个DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS的数量。如果终端发送的子帧中包括多个DFT-S-OFDM符号,则(n)的长度对应于该多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS的数量。For example, if a DFT-S-OFDM symbol is included in a subframe transmitted by a terminal, the length of (n) corresponds to the number of PTRSs mapped on one DFT-S-OFDM symbol. If a plurality of DFT-S-OFDM symbols are included in a subframe transmitted by the terminal, the length of (n) corresponds to the number of PTRSs mapped on the plurality of DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
3)将c(n)转化为调制符号d(k)。3) Convert c(n) into modulation symbol d(k).
具体地,d(k)可以是取值为{1,-1}的BPSK符号,也可以是复数值的QPSK符号。Specifically, d(k) may be a BPSK symbol having a value of {1, -1}, or may be a complex-valued QPSK symbol.
4)将d(k)与一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射经过正交化处理的PTRS符号一一对应相乘。4) Multiply d(k) in one-to-one correspondence with the orthogonally mapped PTRS symbols on one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
需要说明的是,如果想实现同一小区的终端之间的PTRS正交,不同小区的终端之间的PTRS干扰随机化,则在步骤1)中,c_ini只由小区标识(N_cell)计算得到,即c_ini=f(N_cell)。It should be noted that, if the PTRS orthogonal between the terminals of the same cell is to be achieved, and the PTRS interference between the terminals of different cells is randomized, in step 1), c_ini is only calculated by the cell identifier (N_cell), that is, C_ini=f(N_cell).
如果想实现同一小区内不同端口(DMRS端口号或PTRS端口号)的终端之间的PTRS正交,其他的小区内或小区间的终端的PTRS干扰随机化,则在步骤1)中,c_ini由小区标识(N_cell)与终端标识(n_RNTI)计算得到,即c_ini=f(N_cell,n_RNTI)。If the PTRS orthogonal between the terminals of different ports (DMRS port number or PTRS port number) in the same cell is to be orthogonalized, and the PTRS interference of the terminals in other cells or between cells is randomized, in step 1), c_ini is The cell identifier (N_cell) and the terminal identifier (n_RNTI) are calculated, that is, c_ini=f(N_cell, n_RNTI).
关于步骤820中,获取伪随机序列的方式,以及伪随机序列的表现形式,详见上文中结合图7的相关描述,这里不再赘述。For the manner in which the pseudo-random sequence is obtained in step 820, and the representation form of the pseudo-random sequence, refer to the related description in conjunction with FIG. 7 above, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,在pi/2-BPSK调制下,PTRS最好为实数序列(例如{1,-1})。此时,扰码序列也应为实数序列。It should be noted that, under pi/2-BPSK modulation, the PTRS is preferably a real sequence (for example, {1, -1}). At this time, the scrambling code sequence should also be a real sequence.
因为OCC为实数,所以OCC与扰码结合后也为实数序列;Since the OCC is a real number, the OCC is also a real sequence after being combined with the scrambling code;
而相位旋转因子可能是复数,在相位旋转与扰码结合的方法下,可以把实数相位旋转的序列分配给pi/2-BPSK调制用户,而把其余序列分配给其余调制用户。The phase rotation factor may be a complex number. Under the combination of phase rotation and scrambling code, the sequence of real phase rotations may be assigned to the pi/2-BPSK modulation user, and the remaining sequences are allocated to the remaining modulation users.
在得到一个全实数的PTRS序列后,将其与BPSK数据符号复用,而后数据与PTRS同时进行pi/2相位旋转得到pi/2-BPSK调制符号。这样,可以尽可能的保留pi/2-BPSK的低PAPR特性。After obtaining a full real PTRS sequence, it is multiplexed with the BPSK data symbols, and then the data is simultaneously pi/2 phase rotated with the PTRS to obtain a pi/2-BPSK modulation symbol. In this way, the low PAPR characteristics of pi/2-BPSK can be preserved as much as possible.
上文描述了根据本发明实施例提供的PTRS处理方法,下文将描述根据本发明实施例提供的装置。The PTRS processing method provided in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention has been described above, and an apparatus provided in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention will be described hereinafter.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个网元,例如发射端设备或者接收端设备。为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The solution provided by the embodiment of the present application is mainly introduced from the perspective of interaction between the network elements. It can be understood that each network element, such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device. In order to implement the above functions, it includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the execution of the respective functions. Those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that the present application can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对发射端设备或者接收端设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明。The embodiment of the present application may perform the division of the function module on the transmitting end device or the receiving end device according to the foregoing method example. For example, each functional module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. in. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of the module in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and the actual implementation may have another division manner. The following is an example of dividing each functional module by using corresponding functions.
本申请实施例还提供一种PTRS处理装置,该PTRS处理装置可以是终端也可以是芯片。该PTRS处理装置可以用于执行图3、图6、图7或图8中由终端所执行的步骤。The embodiment of the present application further provides a PTRS processing apparatus, which may be a terminal or a chip. The PTRS processing apparatus can be used to perform the steps performed by the terminal in FIG. 3, FIG. 6, FIG. 7, or FIG.
当所述PTRS处理装置为终端时,图9示出了一种简化的终端结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图9中,终端以手机作为例子。如图9所示,终端包括处理器、存储器、射 频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对终端进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端可以不具有输入输出装置。When the PTRS processing apparatus is a terminal, FIG. 9 shows a simplified terminal structure diagram. It is convenient for understanding and illustration. In Figure 9, the terminal uses a mobile phone as an example. As shown in Fig. 9, the terminal includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input/output device. The processor is mainly used for processing communication protocols and communication data, and controlling terminals, executing software programs, processing data of software programs, and the like. Memory is primarily used to store software programs and data. The RF circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the RF signal and the processing of the RF signal. The antenna is mainly used to transmit and receive RF signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are primarily used to receive user input data and output data to the user. It should be noted that some types of terminals may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图9中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When the data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal, and then sends the radio frequency signal to the outside through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. When data is sent to the terminal, the RF circuit receives the RF signal through the antenna, converts the RF signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of illustration, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. In an actual end product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like. The memory may be independent of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端的处理单元。如图9所示,终端包括收发单元901和处理单元902。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元901中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元901中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元901包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In the embodiment of the present application, the antenna and the radio frequency circuit having the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit of the terminal, and the processor having the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal. As shown in FIG. 9, the terminal includes a transceiver unit 901 and a processing unit 902. The transceiver unit can also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and the like. The processing unit may also be referred to as a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 901 can be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 901 is regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 901 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. The transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit. The receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit or the like. The transmitting unit may also be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, and the like.
例如,在一种实现方式中,处理单元902,用于执行图3中步骤320,和/或本申请中的其他步骤。收发单元902执行图3中的步骤310中终端侧的接收操作或步骤330中终端侧的发送操作,和/或本申请中的其他步骤。又如,在一种实现方式中,处理单元902,用于执行图8中的步骤820与步骤830,和/或本申请中的其他步骤。收发单元902执行图8中的步骤810中终端侧的接收动作,或步骤840中终端侧的发送操作,和/或本申请中的其他步骤。For example, in one implementation, processing unit 902 is configured to perform step 320 of FIG. 3, and/or other steps in the application. The transceiving unit 902 performs the receiving operation on the terminal side in step 310 in FIG. 3 or the transmitting operation on the terminal side in step 330, and/or other steps in the present application. As another example, in one implementation, processing unit 902 is configured to perform steps 820 and 830 in FIG. 8, and/or other steps in the application. The transceiver unit 902 performs the receiving action on the terminal side in step 810 in FIG. 8, or the transmitting operation on the terminal side in step 840, and/or other steps in the present application.
当所述PTRS处理装置为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the PTRS processing device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. The transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit and a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
本申请实施例还提供一种PTRS处理装置,该PTRS处理装置可以是网络设备也可以是芯片。该PTRS处理装置可以用于执行图3、图6、图7或图8中由网络设备所执行的步骤。The embodiment of the present application further provides a PTRS processing apparatus, which may be a network device or a chip. The PTRS processing device can be used to perform the steps performed by the network device in FIG. 3, FIG. 6, FIG. 7, or FIG.
当该PTRS处理装置为网络设备时,具体地,例如为基站。图10示出了一种简化的基站结构示意图。基站包括1001部分以及1002部分。1001部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换;1002部分主要用于基带处理,对基站进行控制等。1001部分通常可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等。1002部分通常是基站的控制中心,通常可以称为处理单元,用于控制基站执行上述图3、图6、图7或图8中关于网络设备所执行的步骤。具体可参见上述相关部分的描述。When the PTRS processing device is a network device, specifically, for example, a base station. Figure 10 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the structure of a base station. The base station includes a 1001 part and a 1002 part. The 1001 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 1002 part is mainly used for baseband processing and control of base stations. The 1001 portion may be generally referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver. The 1002 portion is typically the control center of the base station and may be generally referred to as a processing unit for controlling the base station to perform the steps performed by the network device described above with respect to FIG. 3, FIG. 6, FIG. 7, or FIG. For details, please refer to the description of the relevant part above.
1001部分的收发单元,也可以称为收发机,或收发器等,其包括天线和射频单元,其中射频单元主要用于进行射频处理。可选的,可以将1001部分中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即1001部分包括接收单元和发送单元。接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。The transceiver unit of the 1001 part, which may also be called a transceiver, or a transceiver, etc., includes an antenna and a radio frequency unit, wherein the radio frequency unit is mainly used for radio frequency processing. Alternatively, the device for implementing the receiving function in the 1001 portion may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the transmitting function may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the 1001 portion includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit. The receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit, etc., and the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit or the like.
1002部分可以包括一个或多个单板,每个单板可以包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器,处理器用于读取和执行存储器中的程序以实现基带处理功能以及对基站的控制。若存在多个单板,各个单板之间可以互联以增加处理能力。作为一种可选的实施方式,也可以是多个单板共用一个或多个处理器,或者是多个单板共用一个或多个存储器,或者是多个单板同时共用一个或多个处理器。The 1002 portion may include one or more boards, each of which may include one or more processors and one or more memories for reading and executing programs in the memory to implement baseband processing functions and for base stations control. If multiple boards exist, the boards can be interconnected to increase processing power. As an optional implementation manner, multiple boards share one or more processors, or multiple boards share one or more memories, or multiple boards share one or more processes at the same time. Device.
例如,在一种实现方式中,收发单元用于执行图3中步骤310中网络设备侧的发送操作,步骤330中网络设备侧的接收操作,处理单元用于解析图3中步骤330中接收到的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。For example, in an implementation manner, the transceiver unit is configured to perform a sending operation on the network device side in step 310 in FIG. 3, and a receiving operation on the network device side in step 330, where the processing unit is configured to analyze the received in step 330 in FIG. One or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
又如,在一种实现方式中,收发单元用于执行图8中的步骤810中中网络设备侧的发送操作,步骤840中网络设备侧的发送操作,和/或本申请中的其他步骤。处理单元用于解析图8中步骤840中接收到的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。For another example, in one implementation, the transceiver unit is configured to perform a transmission operation on the network device side in step 810 in FIG. 8, a transmission operation on the network device side in step 840, and/or other steps in the present application. The processing unit is configured to parse the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols received in step 840 of FIG.
当所述PTRS处理装置为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the PTRS processing device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. The transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit and a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
上述提供的任一种通信装置中相关内容的解释及有益效果均可参考上文提供的对应的方法实施例,此处不再赘述。For the explanation and beneficial effects of the related content in any of the above-mentioned communication devices, reference may be made to the corresponding method embodiments provided above, and details are not described herein again.
下面,根据图11示出的流程图详细介绍本发明又一个实施例。DFT-s-OFDM中包含的PTRS chunks在不同情况下可以存在不同的应用场景,网络设备和/或终端设备通过配置PTRS chunks的时域位置,达到适应场景需求和提高性能的目的。本发明实施例中的配置方式可以包括:Next, still another embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail based on the flowchart shown in FIG. The PTRS chunks included in the DFT-s-OFDM can have different application scenarios in different situations. The network device and/or the terminal device can adapt to the scenario requirements and improve performance by configuring the time domain location of the PTRS chunks. The configuration manner in the embodiment of the present invention may include:
S1101终端设备接收网络设备发送的配置信息,所述配置信息指示偏移量参数和/或间隔参数。所述配置信息用于确定所述PTRS chunks的资源位置。The S1101 terminal device receives configuration information sent by the network device, where the configuration information indicates an offset parameter and/or an interval parameter. The configuration information is used to determine a resource location of the PTRS chunks.
由前述实施例所介绍,一个DFT-s-OFDM符号中,时域上由M个连续的PTRS采样点或(调制)符号称作一个PTRS chunk,一个DFT-s-OFDM符号中包含一个或多个PTRS chunk,为便于描述,一个DFT-s-OFDM符号中包含的PTRS chunk也可以称为chunks。例如一个DFT-s-OFDM符号中chunks的数量X和/或一个chunk包含的PTRS采样点或(调制)符号数量L。相应的,若x和l均从0开始计数,则x的取值范围为0≤x≤X-1,l的取值范围为0≤l≤L-1。所述终端设备确定chunks的时域位置可以是根据函数或映射关系确定的,一个实施例中,所述终端设备根据网络设备配置的参数确定第x个chunk中的第l个PTRS符号的位置。又一个实施例中,所述终端设备根据接收网络设备发送的配置信息,所述配置信息指示偏移量参数和/或间隔参数,其中偏移量参数可用于指示第一个PTRS的符号与PTRS所在的DFT-s-OFDM符号上的第一个(调制)符号间(调制)符号数,间隔参数可用于指示两个连续的PTRS chunk间的(调制)符号数(可包括PTRS符号)。As described in the foregoing embodiments, in a DFT-s-OFDM symbol, M consecutive PTRS sample points or (modulation) symbols are referred to as a PTRS chunk in the time domain, and one DFT-s-OFDM symbol includes one or more PTRS chunks, for ease of description, the PTRS chunks contained in a DFT-s-OFDM symbol can also be called chunks. For example, the number X of chunks in a DFT-s-OFDM symbol and/or the number of PTRS samples or (modulation) symbols L contained in one chunk. Correspondingly, if both x and l are counted from 0, the range of x is 0 ≤ x ≤ X-1, and the range of l is 0 ≤ l ≤ L-1. The determining, by the terminal device, the time domain location of the chunk may be determined according to a function or a mapping relationship. In an embodiment, the terminal device determines the location of the first PTRS symbol in the xth chunk according to the parameter configured by the network device. In still another embodiment, the terminal device is configured to indicate an offset parameter and/or an interval parameter according to configuration information sent by the receiving network device, where the offset parameter is used to indicate a symbol and a PTRS of the first PTRS. The first (modulated) intersymbol (modulation) symbol number on the DFT-s-OFDM symbol, the interval parameter can be used to indicate the number of (modulated) symbols between two consecutive PTRS chunks (which can include PTRS symbols).
上面实施例中介绍了函数或映射关系确定chunks的时域位置,下面将根据配置信息 指示的不同情况作出具体的说明。In the above embodiment, the function or mapping relationship is introduced to determine the time domain location of the chunks. The following description will be made according to the different situations indicated by the configuration information.
示例一:所述网络设备或终端设备根据如下计算方式确定所述chunks的时域资源位置:Example 1: The network device or the terminal device determines the time domain resource location of the chunk according to the following calculation manner:
PTRS(l,x)=x·N′+Δt+lPTRS(l,x)=x·N'+Δt+l
当所述配置信息包含所述偏移量参数Δt的情况下,所述网络设备或终端设备可以根据所述配置信息进行计算。其中,x,l分别表示第x个chunk中的第l个PTRS符号的位置,且一个DFT-s-OFDM符号中chunks的数量X和/或一个chunk包含的PTRS符号数量L,若x和l均从0开始计数,则x的取值范围为0≤x≤X-1,l的取值范围为0≤l≤L-1。
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000007
(可以参考图16的示意)其中,
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000008
为下取整符号,N为DFT-s-OFDM符号在DFT之前的所有(调制)符号数,其中N′表示任意两个相邻的chunk之间,第一个chunk的第一个符号与第二个chunk的第一个符号之间的间隔,也可以理解为第一个chunk的第l个符号与第二个chunk的第l个符号之间的间隔。所述N,所述X以及所述L为所述网络设备配置的参数,也可以是预定义的值,还可以由MCS或调度带宽指示,如N由下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)配置的调度带宽或RB数确定,如N=12*NumRB,X由DCI中的配置的调度带宽或RB数或MCS确定,L由DCI中配置的MCS或调度带宽或RB数确定。
When the configuration information includes the offset parameter Δt, the network device or the terminal device may perform calculation according to the configuration information. Where x, l respectively represent the position of the 1st PTRS symbol in the xth chunk, and the number X of chunks in a DFT-s-OFDM symbol and/or the number of PTRS symbols contained in a chunk, if x and l When counting from 0, the value range of x is 0 ≤ x ≤ X-1, and the value range of l is 0 ≤ l ≤ L-1.
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000007
(Refer to the schematic of Fig. 16)
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000008
For the next rounding symbol, N is the number of all (modulated) symbols of the DFT-s-OFDM symbol before the DFT, where N' represents the first symbol and the first chunk between any two adjacent chunks. The interval between the first symbols of the two chunks can also be understood as the interval between the 1st symbol of the first chunk and the 1st symbol of the second chunk. The N, the X and the L are parameters configured by the network device, and may also be a predefined value, and may also be indicated by an MCS or a scheduling bandwidth, such as N by Downlink Control Information (DCI). The configured scheduling bandwidth or number of RBs is determined, for example, N=12*NumRB, X is determined by the configured scheduling bandwidth or RB number or MCS in the DCI, and L is determined by the MCS or scheduling bandwidth or RB number configured in the DCI.
在上述情况下,所述网络设备通过配置偏移量参数Δt(可以参考图16的示意)来确定。例如RRC或MAC-CE或DCI中用两个比特表示其偏移具体配置,00表示配置0,01表示配置1,10表示配置2。作为示例一的一个具体实施方式,所述配置所述Δt的值可以是如下表中的三种中的至少一个:In the above case, the network device is determined by configuring the offset parameter Δt (refer to the illustration of Fig. 16). For example, RRC or MAC-CE or DCI uses two bits to indicate its offset specific configuration, 00 indicates configuration 0, 01 indicates configuration 1, and 10 indicates configuration 2. As a specific implementation manner of example 1, the value of the configuration Δt may be at least one of three types as follows:
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000009
可见,当表中配置值为0时,Δt可以直接取0值,配置为1时可以直接取
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000010
又一个实施例中,所述Δt的值可以是如下表中的三种的至少一个:
It can be seen that when the configuration value in the table is 0, Δt can directly take a value of 0, and when configured as 1, it can be directly taken.
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000010
In still another embodiment, the value of Δt may be at least one of three of the following tables:
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000011
其中
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000012
为上取整符号。当表中配置值为0时,Δt可以直接取0值。配置为1时可以直接取值
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000013
另一个实施例中,上述表格中的取整符号可以为保留整数位个数位的四舍五入计算方式。即配置为0时,Δt取0值,配置为1时,Δt的值为
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000014
的值进行保留整数个数位的四舍五入计算,配置为2时,Δt的值为N′-L的值进行整数位的四舍五入计算。
among them
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000012
Round up the symbol. When the configuration value in the table is 0, Δt can take a value of 0 directly. When configured as 1, you can directly take values.
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000013
In another embodiment, the rounding symbol in the above table may be a rounding calculation method that retains an integer number of digits. That is, when configured as 0, Δt takes a value of 0, and when configured as 1, the value of Δt is
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000014
The value is rounded up to preserve the integer number of digits. When configured as 2, the value of Δt is the value of N'-L and the rounding of the integer bits is performed.
应理解,上述不同的配置,可以对应不同的物理含义,例如,配置0表示不偏移,或PTRS块处于每个等分间隙(interval)的头部或前端所需要的偏移量,配置1表示PTRS块 处于等分间隙中间所需要的偏移量,配置2表示PTRS块处于每个等分间隙的尾巴或后端所需要的偏移量。应理解,所述等分间隙可以是将一个DFT-S-OFDM符号等分成数个块。若在某些情况下不能等分,则按照某些规则将分出的多个块的数量按照上/下取整的方式处理。或取出一个最小的个数,在最后一个等分间隙块补齐,或取出一个最大的数,在最后一个等分间隙减少个数。例如DFT-S-OFDM的长度有96个调制符号QAM,若按照2个PTRS的chunks配置,那么0-47为第一个等分间隙,48-95为第二个等分间隙。若有94个调制符号,3个等分间隙,那么可以是0-30为第一个等分间隙,31-61为第二个等分间隙,62-93为第三个等分间隙;也可以是0-31是为一个等分间隙,32-63为一个等分间隙,64-93为一个等分间隙。那么所述网络设备可以根据PTRS情况确定所述不同的配置,以达到避免冲突和节约资源的目的。对应94个调制符号分为3个等分间隙的场景,由于94=31×3+1,多出的一个调制符号也可以被配置在三个等分间隙的第一、二、三中的一个。应理解,上述例子是一个配置的方式,网络设备和用户设备可以直接预先定义好等分间隙配置下的调制符号和chunk的形式。It should be understood that the above different configurations may correspond to different physical meanings, for example, configuration 0 indicates no offset, or the offset of the PTRS block at the head or front end of each interval interval, configuration 1 Indicates the offset required for the PTRS block to be in the middle of the equalization gap, and Configuration 2 represents the offset required for the PTRS block to be at the tail or back end of each equally spaced gap. It should be understood that the equal division gap may be to divide one DFT-S-OFDM symbol into several blocks. If it is not possible to divide in some cases, the number of divided multiple blocks is processed in accordance with the upper/lower rounding according to certain rules. Or take a minimum number, fill in the last aliquot gap block, or take a maximum number, and reduce the number in the last aliquot gap. For example, the length of DFT-S-OFDM has 96 modulation symbols QAM. If two PTRS chunks are configured, then 0-47 is the first halving gap and 48-95 is the second halving gap. If there are 94 modulation symbols and 3 equal division gaps, then 0-30 is the first halving gap, 31-61 is the second halving gap, and 62-93 is the third halving gap; It can be 0-31 for an equal division gap, 32-63 for an equal division gap, and 64-93 for an equal division gap. Then, the network device may determine the different configurations according to the PTRS condition, so as to avoid conflicts and save resources. For a scene in which 94 modulation symbols are divided into three equal division gaps, since 94=31×3+1, an extra modulation symbol can also be configured in one of the first, second, and third of the three equal division gaps. . It should be understood that the above example is a configuration manner, and the network device and the user equipment can directly predefine the modulation symbols and the form of the chunk in the equal gap configuration.
还应理解,上述配置数仅为举例,即配置数还可以通过增加或减少上述表格的行数实现更多或更少的配置,上述不同的配置对应的偏移量也仅为举例,即各配置对应的具体偏移量还可以是其他值,还可以直接配置偏移量。It should also be understood that the above configuration number is only an example, that is, the configuration number can also achieve more or less configurations by increasing or decreasing the number of rows in the above table, and the offsets corresponding to the different configurations are only examples, that is, each The specific offset corresponding to the configuration can also be other values, and the offset can be directly configured.
又一个实施例中,不同的配置可以与其他参数相关联以隐式指示。例如,所述Δt与MCS相关联,所述终端设备可以根据不同的MCS值确定不同的配置值。不同的配置也可以是不同参数的组合。一个实施例中,Δt的具体取值或配置可由MCS、BW、相噪模型、信道状态、PTRS块数量等至少一种确定。如MCS较高和/或BW较大和/或PTRS块数量较多时,偏移量可以为配置1,减小外推的长度,增加估计准确度;若MCS较小和/或BW较窄和/或PTRS块数量较少时,偏移量可以为配置0,可较快得到相位噪声估计值,降低延时。In still another embodiment, different configurations may be associated with other parameters to implicitly indicate. For example, the Δt is associated with the MCS, and the terminal device can determine different configuration values according to different MCS values. Different configurations can also be a combination of different parameters. In one embodiment, the specific value or configuration of Δt may be determined by at least one of MCS, BW, phase noise model, channel state, number of PTRS blocks, and the like. If the MCS is higher and/or the BW is larger and/or the number of PTRS blocks is larger, the offset may be configuration 1, the length of the extrapolation is reduced, and the estimation accuracy is increased; if the MCS is smaller and/or the BW is narrower and/or Or when the number of PTRS blocks is small, the offset can be configured to 0, and the phase noise estimation value can be obtained faster, reducing the delay.
一个实施例中,可由RRC或高层信令或预先定义或默认配置一个Δt的取值集合或配置集合,由DCI基于此取值集合或配置集合进一步配置指示当前的偏移量配置。又一个实施例中,可由RRC或预先定义或默认配置一个Δt的取值集合或配置集合,由MAC-CE基于此取值集合或配置集合进一步配置指示当前的偏移量配置。又一个实施例中,所述网络设备和/或基站通过信令通信通知,或预先定义或默认配置一个Δt的取值集合或配置集合,其中信令包括RRC、MAC-CE、DCI中的至少一种,在配置了Δt的取值集合或配置集合的基础上,由MCS、BW、相噪模型、信道状态、PTRS块数量等至少一种隐式确定当前的偏移量配置。In one embodiment, a set of values or a set of settings of Δt may be configured by RRC or higher layer signaling or by a predefined or default, and the current offset configuration is further configured by the DCI based on the set of values or the set of configurations. In still another embodiment, a set of values or a set of settings of Δt may be configured by RRC or by a predefined or default, and the MAC-CE further configures the current offset configuration based on the set of values or the set of configurations. In still another embodiment, the network device and/or the base station notifies, by default, or defaults, a set of values or a set of configurations of Δt, where the signaling includes at least RRC, MAC-CE, and DCI. For example, on the basis of the set of values or configurations of Δt, the current offset configuration is implicitly determined by at least one of MCS, BW, phase noise model, channel state, number of PTRS blocks, and the like.
示例二:所述网络设备或终端设备根据如下计算方式确定所述chunks的时域资源位置:Example 2: The network device or the terminal device determines the time domain resource location of the chunk according to the following calculation manner:
PTRS(l,x)=x·N′+Δt+lPTRS(l,x)=x·N'+Δt+l
与上述示例1相似,所述配置信息包含所述偏移量参数Δt和所述间隔参数N′的情况下,所述网络设备或终端设备可以根据上述方式进行计算。一个实施例中,所述配置信息可以包含第一配置信息和/或第二配置信息,所述第一配置信息包含Δt,所述第二配置信息包含所述N′。Similar to the above-described example 1, in the case where the configuration information includes the offset parameter Δt and the interval parameter N', the network device or the terminal device can perform calculation according to the above manner. In an embodiment, the configuration information may include first configuration information and/or second configuration information, the first configuration information includes Δt, and the second configuration information includes the N′.
与示例一相似,但是其配置方式具体为:当所述配置信息包含所述偏移量参数Δt, 还包含所述间隔参数N′的情况,所述网络设备或终端设备确定所述第x个chunk中的第l个PTRS符号的位置,可以具体根据所述配置信息确定。一个DFT-s-OFDM符号中chunks的数量X和/或一个chunk包含的PTRS符号数量L,若x和l均从0开始计数,则x的取值范围为0≤x≤X-1,l的取值范围为0≤l≤L-1。Similar to the first example, but the configuration manner is specifically: when the configuration information includes the offset parameter Δt, and further includes the interval parameter N′, the network device or the terminal device determines the xth The location of the first PTRS symbol in the chunk may be determined according to the configuration information. The number of chunks X in a DFT-s-OFDM symbol and/or the number of PTRS symbols contained in a chunk. If x and l both count from 0, the range of x is 0 ≤ x ≤ X-1, l The value ranges from 0 ≤ l ≤ L-1.
作为示例二的一种实施方式,所述间隔参数N′可以有三种配置方式:配置为
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000015
和配置为
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000016
以及配置为12×N step,其中,Nstep表示DFT-s-OFDM符号内的PTRS chunk的密度,表示每12×N step个采样点有一个PTRS块。可选的,与所述
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000017
的配置对应,有三种Δt的配置;所述Δt可以分别为示例一中的三种取值的至少一个:
As an implementation manner of example two, the interval parameter N′ can be configured in three ways: configured as
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000015
And configured as
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000016
And configured as 12×N step , where Nstep represents the density of the PTRS chunks within the DFT-s-OFDM symbol, indicating that there is one PTRS block per 12×N step samples. Optional, and
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000017
Corresponding to the configuration, there are three configurations of Δt; the Δt can be at least one of the three values in the example one:
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000018
可选的,上表中所述Δt的配置0,配置1和配置2中的下取整符号也可以为上取整符号,所述Δt可以分别为示例一中的三种取值的至少一个:Optionally, the configuration 0 of the Δt in the above table, the lower rounding symbol in the configuration 1 and the configuration 2 may also be an up-round symbol, and the Δt may be at least one of the three values in the example 1. :
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000019
或对取整号中的式子进行保留整数个数位的四舍五入的算法,也可以是示例一种的其它配置方式。其它的所述配置值的示例也可以参考示例一。Or an algorithm that preserves an integer number of digits rounding off the expression in the integer number, and may be another configuration of the example. For an example of other such configuration values, reference may also be made to the first example.
一个可选的实施例,当所述Δt的配置仅为上述配置0,配置1和配置2中的1种时,所述配置信息可以只包含偏移量参数和间隔参数中的间隔参数。In an optional embodiment, when the configuration of the Δt is only one of the configuration 0, the configuration 1 and the configuration 2, the configuration information may only include the interval parameter and the interval parameter in the interval parameter.
可选的一个实施例中,与所述
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000020
对应,可以有单一一种Δt的配置方式,或不配置所述偏移量参数Δt。例如当配置为
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000021
时,配置Δt为上述配置0,配置1或配置2中的某一个。或者例如当配置为
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000022
时,不配置所述偏移量参数Δt,且不按照PTRS(l,x)=x·N′+Δt+l的公式确定第x个chunk中的第l个PTRS符号的位置,而是采用在DFT-s-OFDM的头部和/或尾部分别存在一个chunk,剩下的chunk以间隔N′均匀分布的方式配置,例如每两个chunk的间隔是N′,又一个实施例中,所述均匀分布也可以是每两个chunk的间隔为N′,N′+1,N′-1中的组合或其中的一个。又一个实施例中,所述均匀分布的方式,也可以是在前n个或后n个chunk之间的间隔为N′。例如,共有0-95,共计96个调制符号,且chunk的大小为2,共有4个chunk,那么PTRS的位置可以是0,1,31,32,62,63,94,95。其中,94和95是固定在最后的chunk的位置或位置编号或位置索引。应理解,上述例子中仅是描述PTRS在所述调制符号中的分布方式。网络设备和用户设备可以直接预先定义好对应配置下的调制符号和chunk的形式。
In an optional embodiment,
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000020
Correspondingly, there may be a single configuration of Δt, or the offset parameter Δt may not be configured. For example when configured as
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000021
At the same time, the configuration Δt is one of the above configuration 0, configuration 1 or configuration 2. Or for example when configured as
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000022
When the offset parameter Δt is not configured, and the position of the first PTRS symbol in the xth chunk is not determined according to the formula of PTRS(l, x)=x·N′+Δt+l, There is a chunk in the header and/or the tail of the DFT-s-OFDM, and the remaining chunks are arranged in a uniform manner of the interval N'. For example, the interval between every two chunks is N'. In another embodiment, The uniform distribution may also be a combination of each of the two chunks of N', N'+1, N'-1 or one of them. In another embodiment, the manner of evenly distributing may also be that the interval between the first n or the last n chunks is N'. For example, there are 0-95, a total of 96 modulation symbols, and the size of the chunk is 2, there are 4 chunks, then the position of the PTRS can be 0, 1, 31, 32, 62, 63, 94, 95. Among them, 94 and 95 are the position or position number or position index fixed at the last chunk. It should be understood that in the above examples only the manner in which the PTRS is distributed in the modulation symbols is described. The network device and the user equipment can directly predefine the modulation symbols and chunks in the corresponding configuration.
可选的又一个实施例中,与所述
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000023
对应,当Δt配置为配置0时,有以下两种 方法可用于确定每个PTRS chunk的PTRS符号的位置:
In an optional further embodiment,
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000023
Correspondingly, when Δt is configured as configuration 0, there are two methods for determining the location of the PTRS symbol of each PTRS chunk:
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000024
一个实施例中,表中配置0的计算方法可以直接取0值。In one embodiment, the calculation method of configuration 0 in the table may take a value of 0 directly.
可选的一个实施例中,与所述N′=12×N step对应,所述N step可由信令配置,包括RRC、MAC-CE、DCI中至少一种;可选的一个实施例中,所述N step可以是由调度带宽或RB数或MCS隐式指示,如调度带宽或RB数越大,N step越大,调度带宽或RB数越小,N step越小;又例如,预定义或预配置调度带宽或RB数区间,同一区间对应相同的N step,不同的区间对应不同的N step,其中区间划分的门限值可由RRC配置或重新配置;又如不同区对应的N step也可以配置或重新配置,配置信令包括RRC、MAC-CE、DCI中至少一种; In an optional embodiment, corresponding to the N'=12×N step , the N step may be configured by signaling, including at least one of RRC, MAC-CE, and DCI; in an optional embodiment, The N step may be implicitly indicated by the scheduling bandwidth or the RB number or the MCS. For example, the larger the scheduling bandwidth or the RB number, the larger the N step is, the smaller the scheduling bandwidth or the RB number is, the smaller the N step is ; for example, the predefined or preconfigured schedule bandwidth or the number of RB interval, the same interval corresponding to the same N step, corresponding to the different sections of the different N step, wherein the interval threshold value may be divided RRC configuration or reconfiguration; and if different regions of the corresponding N step also It can be configured or reconfigured, and the configuration signaling includes at least one of RRC, MAC-CE, and DCI;
可选的一个实施例中,与所述N′=12×N step对应,所述Δt可以分别为示例一中的三种取值的至少一个: In an optional embodiment, corresponding to the N′=12×N step , the Δt may be at least one of three values in the example one:
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000025
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000025
可选的,上表中所述Δt的配置0,配置1和配置2中的下取整符号也可以为上取整符号,所述Δt可以分别为示例一中的三种取值的至少一个:Optionally, the configuration 0 of the Δt in the above table, the lower rounding symbol in the configuration 1 and the configuration 2 may also be an up-round symbol, and the Δt may be at least one of the three values in the example 1. :
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000026
或对取整号中的式子进行保留整数个数位的四舍五入的算法(即将取整号替代为四舍五入算法),也可以是示例一种的其它配置方式。其它的所述配置值的示例也可以参考示例一。可选的,与所述N′=12×N step对应时,Δt的值可以为如下集合: Or the algorithm of retaining integer digits rounding off the formula in the whole number (that is, replacing the integer number with the rounding algorithm), or other configuration manners of the example one. For an example of other such configuration values, reference may also be made to the first example. Optionally, when corresponding to the N′=12×N step , the value of Δt may be the following set:
A={0,1,2,...,12×N step-L} A={0,1,2,...,12×N step -L}
中的元素,也可以为A的子集中元素,如A中是12整数倍的数。The element in the middle can also be a subset element of A, such as a number that is an integer multiple of 12 in A.
在示例二中,N′的值是可以通过信令配置的,例如高层信令、物理层信令等等。具体也可以是RRC,MAC-CE或DCI等信令。例如2个比特00表示
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000027
比特01表示
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000028
比特10表示N′=12×N step。又例如,预定义或预配置或高层信令配置N′的配置集合后,由MAC-CE或DCI用1个比特配置N′,如预定义或预配置或RRC配置N′的配置集合为
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000029
DCI用1个比特0表示
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000030
比特1表示
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000031
也可以比特1表示
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000032
比特0表示
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000033
In Example 2, the value of N' can be configured by signaling, such as higher layer signaling, physical layer signaling, and the like. Specifically, it may also be signaling such as RRC, MAC-CE or DCI. For example, 2 bits 00 means
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000027
Bit 01 indicates
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000028
Bit 10 represents N' = 12 x N step . For another example, after the configuration set of the predefined or pre-configured or high-level signaling configuration N', the configuration of N' is configured by 1 bit by the MAC-CE or the DCI, and the configuration set of the predefined or pre-configured or RRC configuration N' is
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000029
DCI is represented by 1 bit 0
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000030
Bit 1 represents
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000031
Can also be represented by bit 1
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000032
Bit 0 represents
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000033
又一个实施例中,N’的计算公式或配置由MCS、BW、相噪模型、接收机能力、PTRS块数量的任意一种确定,如:PTRS块多时如X>=4时
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000034
否则如X<4时
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000035
BW大时
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000036
BW小时,
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000037
接收机可以联合多个DFT-s-OFDM符号做符号级的处理时,
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000038
否则
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000039
In another embodiment, the calculation formula or configuration of N′ is determined by any one of MCS, BW, phase noise model, receiver capability, and number of PTRS blocks, for example, when the PTRS block is too long, such as X>=4.
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000034
Otherwise, if X<4
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000035
BW big time
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000036
BW hours,
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000037
When the receiver can combine multiple DFT-s-OFDM symbols for symbol level processing,
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000038
otherwise
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000039
在示例二中,N′的值或配置也可以与Δt的配置联合指示。作为一个实施例,所述配置信息指示偏移量参数Δt和/或间隔参数N′可以是下表中的至少一个:In Example 2, the value or configuration of N' may also be indicated in conjunction with the configuration of Δt. As an embodiment, the configuration information indicating that the offset parameter Δt and/or the interval parameter N' may be at least one of the following:
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-000040
可选的一个实施例,还包括S1102,所述终端设备根据所述配置信息,确定所述chunks的资源位置。其中,可选的一个实施例中,所述资源位置为时域位置。又一个实施例中,所述资源位置为频域位置,此时,所有DFT-s-OFDM符号可以理解为OFDM符号。又一个实施例中,所述资源位置为时域位置和频域位置。可选的又一个实施例,在所述S1101之前,所述网络设备还可以确定配置信息。网络设备和/或终端设备通过配置chunks的时域位置,达到适应场景需求和提高性能的目的。An optional embodiment further includes an S1102, where the terminal device determines a resource location of the chunk according to the configuration information. In an optional embodiment, the resource location is a time domain location. In still another embodiment, the resource location is a frequency domain location, and at this time, all DFT-s-OFDM symbols can be understood as OFDM symbols. In still another embodiment, the resource location is a time domain location and a frequency domain location. In an optional further embodiment, before the S1101, the network device may further determine configuration information. The network device and/or the terminal device can meet the requirements of the scenario and improve performance by configuring the time domain location of the chunks.
图12示出了本发明又一个装置实施例,该装置可以是一个网络设备,可选的,该装置可以是一个基站。该装置包括确定单元1201,用于执行S1101所述的步骤,还包括发送单元1202,用于执行S1101所述的向所述终端发送配置信息的步骤。所述确定单元和所述发送单元可以执行但不限于执行图11示出的各项实施例。Figure 12 illustrates yet another embodiment of the apparatus of the present invention. The apparatus may be a network device. Alternatively, the apparatus may be a base station. The apparatus includes a determining unit 1201 for performing the steps described in S1101, and further comprising a transmitting unit 1202, configured to perform the step of transmitting configuration information to the terminal according to S1101. The determining unit and the transmitting unit may perform, but are not limited to, performing the various embodiments illustrated in FIG.
图13示出了本发明又一个装置实施例,该装置可以是一个终端设备,该终端装置包括:接收单元1301,执行S1101说述的接收所述配置信息的步骤。确定单元1302,用于执行S1102所述的根据所述配置信息确定所述chunks的资源位置的功能。所述确定单元和所述接收单元可以执行但不限于执行图11示出的各项实施例。FIG. 13 shows still another embodiment of the apparatus of the present invention. The apparatus may be a terminal device, and the terminal apparatus includes: a receiving unit 1301, configured to perform the step of receiving the configuration information as described in S1101. The determining unit 1302 is configured to perform the function of determining, according to the configuration information, the resource location of the chunk according to S1102. The determining unit and the receiving unit may perform, but are not limited to, performing the various embodiments illustrated in FIG.
图14示出了本发明又一个装置实施例,该装置可以是一个网络设备,可选的,该装置可以是一个基站。该装置包括处理器1401,用于执行S1101所述的步骤,还包括发送器1402,用于执行S1101所述的向所述终端发送配置信息的步骤。所述确定单元和所述发送单元可以执行但不限于执行图11示出的各项实施例。Figure 14 shows a further embodiment of the apparatus of the present invention, which may be a network device. Alternatively, the device may be a base station. The apparatus includes a processor 1401 for performing the steps of S1101, and a transmitter 1402 for performing the step of transmitting configuration information to the terminal as described in S1101. The determining unit and the transmitting unit may perform, but are not limited to, performing the various embodiments illustrated in FIG.
图15示出了本发明又一个装置实施例,该装置可以是一个终端设备,该终端装置包 括:接收器1501,执行S1101说述的接收所述配置信息的步骤。处理器1502,用于执行S1502所述的根据所述配置信息确定所述chunks的资源位置的功能。所述确定单元和所述接收单元可以执行但不限于执行图11示出的各项实施例。Fig. 15 shows still another embodiment of the apparatus of the present invention. The apparatus may be a terminal device. The terminal device includes a receiver 1501 that performs the step of receiving the configuration information as described in S1101. The processor 1502 is configured to perform the function of determining a resource location of the chunk according to the configuration information, as described in S1502. The determining unit and the receiving unit may perform, but are not limited to, performing the various embodiments illustrated in FIG.
当所述图12至图15的装置为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the device of FIGS. 12 to 15 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. The transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit and a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(Digital Subscriber Line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带),光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(Solid State Disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device that includes one or more servers, data centers, etc. that can be integrated with the media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a Solid State Disk (SSD)) or the like.
尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述,然而,在实施例所要求保护的本申请过程中,本领域技术人员可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其他变化。Although the present application has been described herein in connection with the embodiments, those skilled in the art can understand and implement other variations of the disclosed embodiments.
本发明实施例还提供一种芯片,该芯片包括通信接口与处理器,该处理器用于控制通信接口接收或发送信号,并用于处理通信接口接收到的信号或生成通信接口待发送的信号。The embodiment of the invention further provides a chip, the chip comprising a communication interface and a processor, the processor is configured to control the communication interface to receive or send a signal, and is used for processing a signal received by the communication interface or generating a signal to be sent by the communication interface.
具体地,该处理器用于执行上述方法实施例提供的PTRS处理方法300中终端侧的流程或步骤;或Specifically, the processor is configured to perform the process or the step of the terminal side in the PTRS processing method 300 provided by the foregoing method embodiment; or
该处理器用于执行上述方法实施例提供的PTRS处理方法300中终端侧的流程或步骤;或The processor is configured to perform the process or the step of the terminal side in the PTRS processing method 300 provided by the foregoing method embodiment; or
该处理器用于执行上述方法实施例提供的PTRS处理方法300中网络设备侧的流程或步骤;或The processor is configured to perform the process or step on the network device side in the PTRS processing method 300 provided by the foregoing method embodiment; or
该处理器用于执行上述方法实施例提供的PTRS处理方法600中终端侧的流程或步骤;或The processor is configured to perform the process or the step of the terminal side in the PTRS processing method 600 provided by the foregoing method embodiment; or
该处理器用于执行上述方法实施例提供的PTRS处理方法600中网络设备侧的流程或步骤;或The processor is configured to perform the process or step on the network device side in the PTRS processing method 600 provided by the foregoing method embodiment; or
该处理器用于执行上述方法实施例提供的PTRS处理方法700中终端侧的流程或步骤;或The processor is configured to perform the process or the step of the terminal side in the PTRS processing method 700 provided by the foregoing method embodiment; or
该处理器用于执行上述方法实施例提供的PTRS处理方法700中网络设备侧的流程或步骤;或The processor is configured to perform the process or step on the network device side in the PTRS processing method 700 provided by the foregoing method embodiment; or
该处理器用于执行上述方法实施例提供的PTRS处理方法800中终端侧的流程或步骤;或The processor is configured to perform the process or step on the terminal side in the PTRS processing method 800 provided by the foregoing method embodiment; or
该处理器用于执行上述方法实施例提供的PTRS处理方法800中网络设备侧的流程或步骤。The processor is configured to perform the process or step on the network device side in the PTRS processing method 800 provided by the foregoing method embodiment.
可选地,该芯片还包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有指令。该处理模块通过读取该存储模块存储的指令,来执行相关操作,以及控制该通信接口进行相关的收发操作。Optionally, the chip further includes a storage module, where the storage module stores instructions. The processing module performs related operations by reading instructions stored by the storage module, and controls the communication interface to perform related transceiving operations.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the serial numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiments of the present invention. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present application, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The foregoing is only a specific embodiment of the present application, but the scope of protection of the present application is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. It should be covered by the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the scope of protection of the present application should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims (86)

  1. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括:A device, comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示发送PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示映射所述PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量;a receiving unit, configured to receive first indication information and second indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending a PTRS, where the second indication information is used to indicate mapping of the PTRS The offset of the initial time domain location;
    处理单元,用于根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到一个或多个离散傅里叶变换扩频的正交频分复用DFT-S-OFDM符号上;a processing unit, configured to map the PTRS to one or more discrete Fourier transform spread Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information on;
    发送单元,用于输出所述处理单元得到的所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。And a sending unit, configured to output the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols obtained by the processing unit.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息用于指示映射所述PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量,具体包括:The device according to claim 1, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate an offset of an initial time domain location of the PTRS, specifically:
    所述第二指示信息用于指示映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个DFT-S-OFDM符号的偏移量。The second indication information is used to indicate an offset of an initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息用于指示映射所述PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量,具体包括:The device according to claim 1, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate an offset of an initial time domain location of the PTRS, specifically:
    所述第二指示信息用于指示映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个映射有PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM符号的第一个调制符号的偏移量。The second indication information is used to indicate an offset of an initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to a first modulation symbol of the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol to which the PTRS is mapped.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:The device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location for transmitting the PTRS, and specifically includes:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的PTRS块的数量。The first indication information is used to indicate the number of PTRS blocks, and the number of PTRS blocks indicates the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  5. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:The device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location for transmitting the PTRS, and specifically includes:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度,所述时域密度表示每几个DFT-s-OFDM上映射所述PTRS。The first indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS, and the time domain density indicates that the PTRS is mapped on every several DFT-s-OFDM.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为下列信息中的至少一种:The apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the second indication information is at least one of the following information:
    所述终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、所述终端的PTRS端口号、所述终端的小区标识。a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, and a cell identifier of the terminal.
  7. 根据权利要求4所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽。The apparatus according to claim 4, wherein the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  8. 根据权利要求5所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调制编码模式MCS。The apparatus according to claim 5, wherein said first indication information is a modulation coding mode MCS of said terminal.
  9. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括:A device, comprising:
    发送单元,用于向终端发送第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端映射所述PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量;a sending unit, configured to send the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate the terminal mapping An offset of an initial time domain position of the PTRS;
    接收单元,用于接收所述终端发送的一个或多个离散傅里叶变换扩频的正交频分复用DFT-S-OFDM符号,所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上映射有所述终端根据所述第一 指示信息和所述第二指示信息进行映射的PTRS。a receiving unit, configured to receive one or more discrete Fourier transform spread Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing DFT-S-OFDM symbols sent by the terminal, and map the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols There is a PTRS that is mapped by the terminal according to the first indication information and the second indication information.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端映射PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量,具体包括:The apparatus according to claim 9, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain position of the PTRS, and specifically includes:
    所述第二指示信息用于指示映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个DFT-S-OFDM符号的偏移量。The second indication information is used to indicate an offset of an initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端映射PTRS的初始时域位置的偏移量,具体包括:The apparatus according to claim 9, wherein the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal maps an offset of an initial time domain position of the PTRS, and specifically includes:
    所述第二指示信息用于指示映射PTRS的初始时域位置相对于第一个映射有PTRS的DFT-S-OFDM符号的第一个调制符号的偏移量。The second indication information is used to indicate an offset of an initial time domain position of the mapped PTRS with respect to a first modulation symbol of the first DFT-S-OFDM symbol to which the PTRS is mapped.
  12. 根据权利要求9至11中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:The device according to any one of claims 9 to 11, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量。The first indication information is used to indicate the number of PTRS blocks, and the number of PTRS blocks indicates the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  13. 根据权利要求9至11中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:The device according to any one of claims 9 to 11, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。The first indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
  14. 根据权利要求9至13中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为下列信息中的至少一种:The apparatus according to any one of claims 9 to 13, wherein the second indication information is at least one of the following information:
    所述终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、所述终端的PTRS端口号、所述终端的小区标识。a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, and a cell identifier of the terminal.
  15. 根据权利要求12所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽。The apparatus according to claim 12, wherein the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  16. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调制编码模式MCS。The apparatus according to claim 13, wherein said first indication information is a modulation coding mode MCS of said terminal.
  17. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括:A device, comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示发送相位跟踪参考信号PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示码分复用信息,所述码分复用信息用于对映射有所述PTRS的离散傅里叶变换扩频的正交频分复用DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;a receiving unit, configured to receive first indication information and second indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of the phase tracking reference signal PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate the code Demultiplexing information, the code division multiplexing information is used for code division of the PTRS mapped on the orthogonal frequency division multiplexing DFT-S-OFDM symbol of the discrete Fourier transform spread spectrum of the PTRS Use processing
    处理单元,用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;a processing unit, configured to map the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information received by the receiving unit, and use the code score The multiplexing information performs code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols;
    发送单元,用于输出所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。And a sending unit, configured to output the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,所述码分复用信息为正交码OCC;The apparatus according to claim 17, wherein said code division multiplexing information is an orthogonal code OCC;
    其中,所述处理单元用于,利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,具体包括:The processing unit is configured to perform code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information, and specifically includes:
    所述处理单元用于,利用所述OCC,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块的PTRS进行正交掩码处理。The processing unit is configured to perform orthogonal mask processing on the PTRS of each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the OCC.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其特征在于,当映射到DFT-s-OFDM符号上的每 个PTRS块内包括4个PTRS时,则所述OCC为:{1,1,1,1},{1,1,-1,-1},{1,-1,1,-1}和{1,-1,-1,1}。The apparatus according to claim 18, wherein when each of the PTRS blocks mapped to the DFT-s-OFDM symbol includes 4 PTRSs, the OCC is: {1, 1, 1, 1} , {1,1,-1,-1}, {1,-1,1,-1} and {1,-1,-1,1}.
  20. 根据权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,所述码分复用信息为相位旋转因子;The apparatus according to claim 17, wherein said code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor;
    其中,所述处理单元用于,利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,具体包括:The processing unit is configured to perform code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information, and specifically includes:
    所述处理单元用于,利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理。The processing unit is configured to perform phase rotation processing on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the phase rotation factor.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元用于,利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理,具体包括:The apparatus according to claim 20, wherein said processing unit is configured to perform phase rotation on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using said phase rotation factor Processing, specifically including:
    所述处理单元用于,利用如下公式所示的相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的第(n+1)个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理:The processing unit is configured to perform phase rotation processing on the (n+1)th PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using a phase rotation factor as shown in the following formula:
    Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-100001
    Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-100001
    其中,j为复数符号,N表示映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量,n=0,1,…,N-1,N1表示为所述终端分配的终端级相位旋转因子。Where j is a complex symbol, N represents the number of PTRS blocks mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS, n=0, 1, ..., N-1, N1 represents the allocation to the terminal Terminal level phase rotation factor.
  22. 根据权利要求17至21中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示发送所述PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:The device according to any one of claims 17 to 21, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of the PTRS, specifically:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量。The first indication information is used to indicate the number of PTRS blocks, and the number of PTRS blocks indicates the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  23. 根据权利要求17至21中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示发送所述PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:The device according to any one of claims 17 to 21, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of the PTRS, specifically:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。The first indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
  24. 根据权利要求17至23中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为下列信息中的至少一种:The apparatus according to any one of claims 17 to 23, wherein the second indication information is at least one of the following information:
    所述终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、所述终端的PTRS端口号、所述终端的终端标识。a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, and a terminal identifier of the terminal.
  25. 根据权利要求22或23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽或所述终端的调制编码模式MCS。The apparatus according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal or a modulation coding mode MCS of the terminal.
  26. 根据权利要求17至25中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any one of claims 17 to 25, wherein
    所述处理单元还用于,根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列;并The processing unit is further configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located; and
    所述处理单元还用于,利用所述伪随机序列对所述映射到所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的、且进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理。The processing unit is further configured to perform scrambling processing on the PTRS mapped to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols and subjected to code division multiplexing processing by using the pseudo random sequence.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元用于,根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列,具体包括:The device according to claim 26, wherein the processing unit is configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located, and specifically includes:
    所述处理单元用于,根据所述小区标识,获得小区级伪随机序列;或The processing unit is configured to obtain a cell-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier; or
    根据所述小区标识与所述终端的终端标识,获得终端级伪随机序列。Obtaining a terminal-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
  28. 根据权利要求26或27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元用于,利用所述伪随机序列对所述映射到所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的、且进行码分复用处理 后的PTRS进行加扰处理,具体包括:The apparatus according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the processing unit is configured to perform, by using the pseudo random sequence, the mapping onto the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols and performing The PTRS processed by the code division multiplexing process performs scrambling processing, and specifically includes:
    所述处理单元用于,在所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。The processing unit is configured to multiply the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS after performing the code division multiplexing process.
  29. 根据权利要求26至28中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述伪随机序列可以为下列序列中的任一种:gold序列、m序列与ZC序列。The device according to any one of claims 26 to 28, wherein the pseudo-random sequence can be any of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence and a ZC sequence.
  30. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括:A device, comprising:
    发送单元,用于向终端发送第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送相位跟踪参考信号PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示码分复用信息,所述码分复用信息用于对映射有所述PTRS的离散傅里叶变换扩频的正交频分复用DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;a sending unit, configured to send the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the phase tracking reference signal PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate Code division multiplexing information for performing code division on a PTRS mapped on a Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing DFT-S-OFDM symbol of a discrete Fourier transform spread spectrum mapped with the PTRS Multiplexing processing;
    接收单元,用于收所述终端发送的映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号,所述映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号为经过如下操作后得到的DFT-s-OFDM符号:所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理。a receiving unit, configured to receive one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped by the terminal and configured with PTRS, where the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS are DFTs obtained after the following operations -s-OFDM symbol: the terminal maps the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and uses the code score The multiplexing information performs code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述码分复用信息为正交码OCC;The apparatus according to claim 30, wherein said code division multiplexing information is an orthogonal code OCC;
    其中,所述利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,包括:The performing, by using the code division multiplexing information, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, including:
    利用所述OCC,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块的PTRS进行正交掩码处理。With the OCC, orthogonal processing is performed on the PTRS of each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol to which the PTRS is mapped.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,当映射到DFT-s-OFDM符号上的每个PTRS块内包括4个PTRS时,则所述OCC为:{1,1,1,1},{1,1,-1,-1},{1,-1,1,-1}和{1,-1,-1,1}。The apparatus according to claim 31, wherein when each of the PTRS blocks mapped to the DFT-s-OFDM symbol includes 4 PTRSs, the OCC is: {1, 1, 1, 1} , {1,1,-1,-1}, {1,-1,1,-1} and {1,-1,-1,1}.
  33. 根据权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述码分复用信息为相位旋转因子;The apparatus according to claim 30, wherein said code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor;
    其中,所述利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,包括:The performing, by using the code division multiplexing information, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, including:
    利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理。With the phase rotation factor, each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol to which the PTRS is mapped is subjected to phase rotation processing.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的装置,其特征在于,所述利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理,包括:The apparatus according to claim 33, wherein said phase-rotating processing is performed on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using said phase rotation factor, comprising:
    利用如下公式所示的相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的第(n+1)个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理:Phase rotation processing is performed on the (n+1)th PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the phase rotation factor as shown in the following formula:
    Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-100002
    Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-100002
    其中,j为复数符号,N表示映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量,n=0,1,…,N-1,N1表示为所述终端分配的终端级相位旋转因子。Where j is a complex symbol, N represents the number of PTRS blocks mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS, n=0, 1, ..., N-1, N1 represents the allocation to the terminal Terminal level phase rotation factor.
  35. 根据权利要求30至34中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:The device according to any one of claims 30 to 34, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量。The first indication information is used to indicate the number of PTRS blocks, and the number of PTRS blocks indicates the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  36. 根据权利要求30至34中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:The device according to any one of claims 30 to 34, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。The first indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
  37. 根据权利要求30至36中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为下列信息中的至少一种:The apparatus according to any one of claims 30 to 36, wherein the second indication information is at least one of the following information:
    所述终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、所述终端的PTRS端口号、所述终端的小区标识。a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, and a cell identifier of the terminal.
  38. 根据权利要求35或36所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽或所述终端的调制编码模式MCS。The apparatus according to claim 35 or 36, wherein the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal or a modulation coding mode MCS of the terminal.
  39. 根据权利要求30至38中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号为经过如下操作后得到的DFT-s-OFDM符号,其中,所述操作具体包括:The apparatus according to any one of claims 30 to 38, wherein the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with PTRS are DFT-s-OFDM symbols obtained by the following operations, wherein The operation specifically includes:
    所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,并利用根据所述终端所在小区的小区标识得到的伪随机序列,对所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理。And the terminal, according to the first indication information and the second indication information, mapping the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and using the code division multiplexing information to the one Performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRSs mapped on the plurality of DFT-s-OFDM symbols, and using the pseudo-random sequence obtained according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the terminal is located, performing the PTRS after the code division multiplexing processing Perform scrambling processing.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的装置,其特征在于,所述伪随机序列是根据所述小区标识确定的小区级伪随机序列;或The apparatus according to claim 39, wherein said pseudo random sequence is a cell level pseudo random sequence determined according to said cell identity; or
    所述伪随机序列是根据所述小区标识与所述终端的终端标识确定的终端级伪随机序列。The pseudo random sequence is a terminal level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
  41. 根据权利要求39或40所述的装置,其特征在于,所述利用根据所述终端所在小区的小区标识得到的伪随机序列,对所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理,包括:The apparatus according to claim 39 or 40, wherein the PTRS subjected to code division multiplexing processing is scrambled by using a pseudo random sequence obtained according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the terminal is located, include:
    在所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。Multiplying the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS after the code division multiplexing process.
  42. 根据权利要求39至41中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述伪随机序列可以为下列序列中的任一种:gold序列、m序列与ZC序列。The device according to any one of claims 39 to 41, wherein the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence and a ZC sequence.
  43. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括:A device, comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收来自网络设备的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示发送PTRS的时域位置;a receiving unit, configured to receive indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of sending the PTRS;
    处理单元,用于根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列;a processing unit, configured to obtain a pseudo random sequence according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the cell is located;
    所述处理单元还用于,根据所述接收单元接收的所述指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到一个或多个离散傅里叶变换扩频的正交频分复用DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用所述伪随机序列对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行加扰处理;The processing unit is further configured to map the PTRS to one or more discrete Fourier transform spread Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the indication information received by the receiving unit. And performing scrambling processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the pseudo random sequence;
    发送单元用于,发送所述处理单元得到的所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号。The sending unit is configured to send the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols obtained by the processing unit.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的装置,其特征在于,处理单元用于,根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列,具体包括:The device according to claim 43, wherein the processing unit is configured to obtain a pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the cell is located, and specifically includes:
    处理单元用于,根据所述小区标识,获得小区级伪随机序列;或The processing unit is configured to obtain a cell-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier; or
    根据所述小区标识与所述终端的终端标识,获得终端级伪随机序列。Obtaining a terminal-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
  45. 根据权利要求43或44所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元用于利用所述伪 随机序列对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行加扰,具体包括:The apparatus according to claim 43 or 44, wherein the processing unit is configured to scramble the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the pseudo random sequence, specifically include:
    所述处理单元用于,在所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。The processing unit is configured to multiply the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols.
  46. 根据权利要求43至45中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述伪随机序列可以为下列序列中的任一种:gold序列、m序列与ZC序列。The apparatus according to any one of claims 43 to 45, wherein the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
  47. 根据权利要求43至46中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息用于指示发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:The device according to any one of claims 43 to 46, wherein the indication information is used to indicate a time domain location for transmitting the PTRS, and specifically includes:
    所述指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量。The indication information is used to indicate the number of PTRS blocks, and the number of PTRS blocks indicates the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  48. 根据权利要求43至47中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息用于指示发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:The device according to any one of claims 43 to 47, wherein the indication information is used to indicate a time domain location for transmitting the PTRS, and specifically includes:
    所述指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。The indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
  49. 根据权利要求47所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽。The apparatus according to claim 47, wherein the indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  50. 根据权利要求48所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息为所述终端的调制编码模式MCS。The apparatus according to claim 48, wherein said indication information is a modulation coding mode MCS of said terminal.
  51. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括:A device, comprising:
    发送单元,用于向终端发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置;a sending unit, configured to send, to the terminal, indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS;
    接收单元,用于接收所述终端发送的映射有PTRS的一个或多个离散傅里叶变换扩频的正交频分复用DFT-S-OFDM符号,所述映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号指的是经过如下操作的DFT-S-OFDM符号:所述终端根据所述指示信息,将PTRS映射到所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用根据所述终端所在小区的小区标识获得的伪随机序列对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行加扰。a receiving unit, configured to receive one or more discrete Fourier transform spread Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing DFT-S-OFDM symbols mapped by the terminal and mapped with PTRS, where the mapping has one or more of PTRS The DFT-S-OFDM symbol refers to a DFT-S-OFDM symbol that is operated by the terminal mapping a PTRS onto the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the indication information, and using the basis The pseudo random sequence obtained by the cell identifier of the cell where the terminal is located scrambles the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的装置,其特征在于,所述伪随机序列是根据所述小区标识确定的终端级伪随机序列;或The apparatus according to claim 51, wherein said pseudo random sequence is a terminal level pseudo random sequence determined according to said cell identity; or
    所述伪随机序列是根据所述小区标识与所述终端的终端标识确定的小区级伪随机序列。The pseudo-random sequence is a cell-level pseudo-random sequence determined according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
  53. 根据权利要求51或52所述的装置,其特征在于,所述利用所述伪随机序列对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行加扰,包括:The apparatus according to claim 51 or 52, wherein said scrambling said PTRS mapped on said one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by said pseudo-random sequence comprises:
    在所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。Multiplying the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by the pseudo-random sequence.
  54. 根据权利要求51至53中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述伪随机序列可以为下列序列中的任一种:gold序列、m序列与ZC序列。The device according to any one of claims 51 to 53, wherein the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence and a ZC sequence.
  55. 根据权利要求51至54中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:The device according to any one of claims 51 to 54, wherein the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes:
    所述指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量。The indication information is used to indicate the number of PTRS blocks, and the number of PTRS blocks indicates the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  56. 根据权利要求51至54中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:The device according to any one of claims 51 to 54, wherein the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes:
    所述指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。The indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
  57. 根据权利要求55所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽。The apparatus according to claim 55, wherein the indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal.
  58. 根据权利要求56所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息为所述终端的所述调制编码模式MCS。The apparatus according to claim 56, wherein said indication information is said modulation coding mode MCS of said terminal.
  59. 一种相位跟踪参考信号PTRS的处理方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for processing a phase tracking reference signal PTRS, comprising:
    接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示发送PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示码分复用信息,所述码分复用信息用于对映射有所述PTRS的离散傅里叶变换扩频的正交频分复用DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;Receiving first indication information and second indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location for transmitting the PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate code division multiplexing information, where the code division The multiplexing information is used for performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the orthogonal frequency division multiplexing DFT-S-OFDM symbol to which the discrete Fourier transform of the PTRS is mapped;
    根据所述接收的所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;And mapping the PTRS to one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the received first indication information and the second indication information, and using the code division multiplexing information to the one Or performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the plurality of DFT-s-OFDM symbols;
    输出所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号。The one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols are output.
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的方法,其特征在于,所述码分复用信息为正交码OCC;The method according to claim 59, wherein the code division multiplexing information is an orthogonal code OCC;
    其中,利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,具体包括:The performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information includes:
    利用所述OCC,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块的PTRS进行正交掩码处理。With the OCC, orthogonal processing is performed on the PTRS of each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol to which the PTRS is mapped.
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的方法,其特征在于,当映射到DFT-s-OFDM符号上的每个PTRS块内包括4个PTRS时,则所述OCC为:{1,1,1,1},{1,1,-1,-1},{1,-1,1,-1}和{1,-1,-1,1}。The method according to claim 60, wherein when each of the PTRS blocks mapped to the DFT-s-OFDM symbol includes 4 PTRSs, the OCC is: {1, 1, 1, 1} , {1,1,-1,-1}, {1,-1,1,-1} and {1,-1,-1,1}.
  62. 根据权利要求59所述的方法,其特征在于,所述码分复用信息为相位旋转因子;The method according to claim 59, wherein said code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor;
    其中,利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,具体包括:The performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols by using the code division multiplexing information includes:
    利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理。With the phase rotation factor, each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol to which the PTRS is mapped is subjected to phase rotation processing.
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的方法,其特征在于,利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理,具体包括:The method according to claim 62, wherein the phase rotation processing is performed on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the phase rotation factor, and specifically includes:
    利用如下公式所示的相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的第(n+1)个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理:Phase rotation processing is performed on the (n+1)th PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the phase rotation factor as shown in the following formula:
    Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-100003
    Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-100003
    其中,j为复数符号,N表示映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量,n=0,1,…,N-1,N1表示为所述终端分配的终端级相位旋转因子。Where j is a complex symbol, N represents the number of PTRS blocks mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS, n=0, 1, ..., N-1, N1 represents the allocation to the terminal Terminal level phase rotation factor.
  64. 根据权利要求59至63中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示发送所述PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:The method according to any one of claims 59 to 63, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of the PTRS, specifically:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量。The first indication information is used to indicate the number of PTRS blocks, and the number of PTRS blocks indicates the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  65. 根据权利要求59至63中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示发送所述PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:The method according to any one of claims 59 to 63, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate a time domain location of the PTRS, specifically:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。The first indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
  66. 根据权利要求59至65中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为下列信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 59 to 65, wherein the second indication information is at least one of the following information:
    所述终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、所述终端的PTRS端口号、所述终端的终端标识。a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, and a terminal identifier of the terminal.
  67. 根据权利要求64或65所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽或所述终端的调制编码模式MCS。The method according to claim 64 or 65, wherein the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal or a modulation coding mode MCS of the terminal.
  68. 根据权利要求59至67中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 59 to 67, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列;并利用所述伪随机序列对所述映射到所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的、且进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理。Obtaining a pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the cell is located; and using the pseudo-random sequence to map the PTRS mapped to the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols and performing code division multiplexing processing Perform scrambling processing.
  69. 根据权利要求68所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据自身所在小区的小区标识,获得伪随机序列,具体包括:The method according to claim 68, wherein the obtaining a pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the cell is located includes:
    根据所述小区标识,获得小区级伪随机序列;或Obtaining a cell-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier; or
    根据所述小区标识与所述终端的终端标识,获得终端级伪随机序列。Obtaining a terminal-level pseudo-random sequence according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
  70. 根据权利要求68或69所述的方法,其特征在于,所述利用所述伪随机序列对所述映射到所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上的、且进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理,具体包括:The method according to claim 68 or 69, wherein said mapping said mapping to said one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols with said pseudo-random sequence and performing code division multiplexing processing After the PTRS is scrambled, specifically:
    在所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。Multiplying the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS after the code division multiplexing process.
  71. 根据权利要求68至70中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述伪随机序列可以为下列序列中的任一种:gold序列、m序列与ZC序列。The method according to any one of claims 68 to 70, wherein the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence and a ZC sequence.
  72. 一种相位跟踪参考信号PTRS的处理方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for processing a phase tracking reference signal PTRS, comprising:
    向终端发送第一指示信息与第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,所述第二指示信息用于指示码分复用信息,所述码分复用信息用于对映射有所述PTRS的离散傅里叶变换扩频的正交频分复用DFT-S-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理;Sending the first indication information and the second indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and the second indication information is used to indicate code division multiplexing information, where the code The sub-multiplexing information is used for performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the orthogonal frequency division multiplexing DFT-S-OFDM symbol on which the discrete Fourier transform of the PTRS is mapped;
    收所述终端发送的映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号,所述映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号为经过如下操作后得到的DFT-s-OFDM符号:所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,并利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理。And receiving, by the terminal, one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped to the PTRS, where the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with the PTRS are DFT-s-OFDM symbols obtained by the following operations: Transmitting, by the terminal, the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols according to the first indication information and the second indication information, and using the code division multiplexing information pair The PTRS mapped on one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols performs code division multiplexing processing.
  73. 根据权利要求72所述的装置,其特征在于,所述码分复用信息为正交码OCC;The apparatus according to claim 72, wherein said code division multiplexing information is an orthogonal code OCC;
    其中,所述利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,包括:The performing, by using the code division multiplexing information, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, including:
    利用所述OCC,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块的PTRS进行正交掩码处理。With the OCC, orthogonal processing is performed on the PTRS of each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol to which the PTRS is mapped.
  74. 根据权利要求73所述的装置,其特征在于,当映射到DFT-s-OFDM符号上的每个PTRS块内包括4个PTRS时,则所述OCC为:{1,1,1,1},{1,1,-1,-1},{1, -1,1,-1}和{1,-1,-1,1}。The apparatus according to claim 73, wherein when each of the PTRS blocks mapped to the DFT-s-OFDM symbol includes 4 PTRSs, the OCC is: {1, 1, 1, 1} , {1,1,-1,-1}, {1, -1,1,-1} and {1,-1,-1,1}.
  75. 根据权利要求72所述的装置,其特征在于,所述码分复用信息为相位旋转因子;The apparatus according to claim 72, wherein said code division multiplexing information is a phase rotation factor;
    其中,所述利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,包括:The performing, by using the code division multiplexing information, performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRS mapped on the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols, including:
    利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理。With the phase rotation factor, each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol to which the PTRS is mapped is subjected to phase rotation processing.
  76. 根据权利要求75所述的装置,其特征在于,所述利用所述相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的每个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理,包括:The apparatus according to claim 75, wherein said phase-rotating processing is performed on each PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using said phase rotation factor, comprising:
    利用如下公式所示的相位旋转因子,对映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上映射的第(n+1)个PTRS块进行相位旋转处理:Phase rotation processing is performed on the (n+1)th PTRS block mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS by using the phase rotation factor as shown in the following formula:
    Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-100004
    Figure PCTCN2018091203-appb-100004
    其中,j为复数符号,N表示映射有PTRS的每个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量,n=0,1,…,N-1,N1表示为所述终端分配的终端级相位旋转因子。Where j is a complex symbol, N represents the number of PTRS blocks mapped on each DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS, n=0, 1, ..., N-1, N1 represents the allocation to the terminal Terminal level phase rotation factor.
  77. 根据权利要求72至76中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:The device according to any one of claims 72 to 76, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS块数量,所述PTRS块数量表示映射有PTRS的一个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS块的数量。The first indication information is used to indicate the number of PTRS blocks, and the number of PTRS blocks indicates the number of PTRS blocks mapped on one DFT-s-OFDM symbol mapped with PTRS.
  78. 根据权利要求72至76中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述终端发送PTRS的时域位置,具体包括:The device according to any one of claims 72 to 76, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate that the terminal sends a time domain location of the PTRS, and specifically includes:
    所述第一指示信息用于指示PTRS的时域密度。The first indication information is used to indicate a time domain density of the PTRS.
  79. 根据权利要求72至78中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为下列信息中的至少一种:The apparatus according to any one of claims 72 to 78, wherein the second indication information is at least one of the following information:
    所述终端的解调参考信号DMRS端口号、所述终端的PTRS端口号、所述终端的小区标识。a demodulation reference signal DMRS port number of the terminal, a PTRS port number of the terminal, and a cell identifier of the terminal.
  80. 根据权利要求78或79所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息为所述终端的调度带宽或所述终端的调制编码模式MCS。The apparatus according to claim 78 or 79, wherein the first indication information is a scheduling bandwidth of the terminal or a modulation and coding mode MCS of the terminal.
  81. 根据权利要求72至80中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述映射有PTRS的一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号为经过如下操作后得到的DFT-s-OFDM符号,其中,所述操作具体包括:The apparatus according to any one of claims 72 to 80, wherein the one or more DFT-s-OFDM symbols mapped with PTRS are DFT-s-OFDM symbols obtained by the following operations, wherein The operation specifically includes:
    所述终端根据所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,将所述PTRS映射到所述一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号上,利用所述码分复用信息对所述一个或多个DFT-s-OFDM符号上所映射的PTRS进行码分复用处理,并利用根据所述终端所在小区的小区标识得到的伪随机序列,对所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理。And the terminal, according to the first indication information and the second indication information, mapping the PTRS to the one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols, and using the code division multiplexing information to the one Performing code division multiplexing processing on the PTRSs mapped on the plurality of DFT-s-OFDM symbols, and using the pseudo-random sequence obtained according to the cell identifier of the cell in which the terminal is located, performing the PTRS after the code division multiplexing processing Perform scrambling processing.
  82. 根据权利要求81所述的装置,其特征在于,所述伪随机序列是根据所述小区标识确定的小区级伪随机序列;或The apparatus according to claim 81, wherein the pseudo random sequence is a cell level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identity; or
    所述伪随机序列是根据所述小区标识与所述终端的终端标识确定的终端级伪随机序列。The pseudo random sequence is a terminal level pseudo random sequence determined according to the cell identifier and the terminal identifier of the terminal.
  83. 根据权利要求81或82所述的装置,其特征在于,所述利用根据所述终端所在小 区的小区标识得到的伪随机序列,对所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS进行加扰处理,包括:The apparatus according to claim 81 or 82, wherein the PTRS subjected to code division multiplexing processing is scrambled by using a pseudo random sequence obtained according to a cell identifier of a cell in which the terminal is located, include:
    在所述进行码分复用处理后的PTRS上乘以所述伪随机序列。Multiplying the pseudo-random sequence by the PTRS after the code division multiplexing process.
  84. 根据权利要求81至83中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述伪随机序列可以为下列序列中的任一种:gold序列、m序列与ZC序列。The apparatus according to any one of claims 81 to 83, wherein the pseudo random sequence may be any one of the following sequences: a gold sequence, an m sequence, and a ZC sequence.
  85. 一种计算机存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,其特征在于,该程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求59-84任一项所述的方法。A computer storage medium having stored thereon a computer program, characterized in that the program, when executed by a processor, implements the method of any of claims 59-84.
  86. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求59-84任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method of any of claims 59-84.
PCT/CN2018/091203 2017-06-16 2018-06-14 Phase tracking reference signal processing method and apparatus WO2018228460A1 (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019543323A JP6959347B2 (en) 2017-06-16 2018-06-14 Phase tracking reference signal processing method and equipment
KR1020197022778A KR102305414B1 (en) 2017-06-16 2018-06-14 Phase tracking reference signal processing method and apparatus
CA3049493A CA3049493C (en) 2017-06-16 2018-06-14 Phase tracking reference signal processing method and apparatus
EP18818919.5A EP3570508B1 (en) 2017-06-16 2018-06-14 Phase tracking reference signal processing method and apparatus
BR112019018168A BR112019018168B8 (en) 2017-06-16 2018-06-14 APPLIANCES, PHASE TRACKING REFERENCE SIGNAL PROCESSING METHODS, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND COMPUTER READable STORAGE MEDIA
EP21176127.5A EP3937446B1 (en) 2017-06-16 2018-06-14 Phase tracking reference signal processing method and apparatus
US16/659,310 US11108605B2 (en) 2017-06-16 2019-10-21 Phase tracking reference signal processing method and apparatus
US17/402,346 US11611418B2 (en) 2017-06-16 2021-08-13 Phase tracking reference signal processing method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710457990.5 2017-06-16
CN201710457990 2017-06-16
CN201710920338.2A CN109150480B (en) 2017-06-16 2017-09-30 Phase tracking reference signal processing method and device
CN201710920338.2 2017-09-30

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/659,310 Continuation US11108605B2 (en) 2017-06-16 2019-10-21 Phase tracking reference signal processing method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018228460A1 true WO2018228460A1 (en) 2018-12-20

Family

ID=64659816

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/091203 WO2018228460A1 (en) 2017-06-16 2018-06-14 Phase tracking reference signal processing method and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018228460A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3573300A4 (en) * 2017-06-13 2020-03-25 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmitting information
CN113676284A (en) * 2020-05-14 2021-11-19 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 PT-RS configuration method, transmission method, device, communication node and storage medium
WO2024026781A1 (en) * 2022-08-04 2024-02-08 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Apparatus and methods for phase rotation of phase tracking reference signals

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150146640A1 (en) * 2012-06-27 2015-05-28 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) User Equipment Supporting Communication in a Multicarrier Radio Communication System and a Method Therein for Receiving Information
CN106664278A (en) * 2014-06-30 2017-05-10 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Phase noise estimation and compensation

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150146640A1 (en) * 2012-06-27 2015-05-28 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) User Equipment Supporting Communication in a Multicarrier Radio Communication System and a Method Therein for Receiving Information
CN106664278A (en) * 2014-06-30 2017-05-10 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Phase noise estimation and compensation

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI; HISILICON: "PTRS for DFT-s-OFDM", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #89, no. R1-1708142, 6 May 2017 (2017-05-06), XP051262277 *
SAMSUNG: "On PTRS for DFT-s-OFDM", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #89, 4 May 2017 (2017-05-04), XP051261256 *
See also references of EP3570508A4 *

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3573300A4 (en) * 2017-06-13 2020-03-25 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmitting information
US10715367B2 (en) 2017-06-13 2020-07-14 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Information transmission method and apparatus
US11108608B2 (en) 2017-06-13 2021-08-31 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Information transmission method and apparatus
CN113676284A (en) * 2020-05-14 2021-11-19 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 PT-RS configuration method, transmission method, device, communication node and storage medium
CN113676284B (en) * 2020-05-14 2023-08-15 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 PT-RS configuration method, transmission device, communication node and storage medium
WO2024026781A1 (en) * 2022-08-04 2024-02-08 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Apparatus and methods for phase rotation of phase tracking reference signals

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN109150480B (en) Phase tracking reference signal processing method and device
CN108111270B (en) Pilot signal sending and receiving method and device
JP7280414B2 (en) Receiver and receiving method
EP3340521B1 (en) Physical downlink control channel transmission method and apparatus
CN111937331A (en) Method and apparatus for decoding data in wireless communication system
CN108632193B (en) Resource indication method, network equipment and terminal equipment
WO2022022579A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN110072287A (en) Based on scrambled data transmission method
WO2018228460A1 (en) Phase tracking reference signal processing method and apparatus
US20230164014A1 (en) Method and device for reducing peak-to-average power ratio in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing modulation system
AU2018246761A1 (en) System and method for demodulation reference signal overhead reduction
US10999108B2 (en) Wireless communication method, apparatus, and system
CN108886442A (en) Sending device, receiving device and its method
CN108282294B (en) Reference signal transmission method and device
US20230345284A1 (en) Downlink signal processing method and apparatus
US20210195568A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022205022A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting reference signal
EP4369823A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022067811A1 (en) Signal sending method, signal receiving method, communication device, and storage medium
CN110971555B (en) Data transmission method and device
CN116436579A (en) Communication method, device and equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18818919

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 3049493

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20197022778

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019543323

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018818919

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20190814

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112019018168

Country of ref document: BR

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112019018168

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20190830